NL2023310B1 - Training data generation for artificial intelligence-based sequencing - Google Patents

Training data generation for artificial intelligence-based sequencing Download PDF

Info

Publication number
NL2023310B1
NL2023310B1 NL2023310A NL2023310A NL2023310B1 NL 2023310 B1 NL2023310 B1 NL 2023310B1 NL 2023310 A NL2023310 A NL 2023310A NL 2023310 A NL2023310 A NL 2023310A NL 2023310 B1 NL2023310 B1 NL 2023310B1
Authority
NL
Netherlands
Prior art keywords
analyte
pixels
map
cluster
sub
Prior art date
Application number
NL2023310A
Other languages
Dutch (nl)
Inventor
Dutta Anindita
Kashefhaghighi Dorna
Kia Amirali
Original Assignee
Illumina Inc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Illumina Inc filed Critical Illumina Inc
Priority to US16/826,126 priority Critical patent/US11783917B2/en
Priority to US16/825,987 priority patent/US11347965B2/en
Priority to US16/826,134 priority patent/US11676685B2/en
Priority to SG11202012461XA priority patent/SG11202012461XA/en
Priority to US16/826,168 priority patent/US11436429B2/en
Priority to SG11202012441QA priority patent/SG11202012441QA/en
Priority to AU2020241586A priority patent/AU2020241586A1/en
Priority to PCT/US2020/024088 priority patent/WO2020191387A1/en
Priority to AU2020241905A priority patent/AU2020241905A1/en
Priority to KR1020207037713A priority patent/KR20210142529A/en
Priority to MX2020014288A priority patent/MX2020014288A/en
Priority to SG11202012453PA priority patent/SG11202012453PA/en
Priority to EP20719294.9A priority patent/EP3942073A2/en
Priority to JP2020572715A priority patent/JP2022525267A/en
Priority to PCT/US2020/024090 priority patent/WO2020191389A1/en
Priority to MX2020014299A priority patent/MX2020014299A/en
Priority to EP20719052.1A priority patent/EP3942071A1/en
Priority to PCT/US2020/024087 priority patent/WO2020205296A1/en
Priority to CN202080003614.9A priority patent/CN112334984A/en
Priority to AU2020256047A priority patent/AU2020256047A1/en
Priority to AU2020240383A priority patent/AU2020240383A1/en
Priority to BR112020026408-3A priority patent/BR112020026408A2/en
Priority to PCT/US2020/024091 priority patent/WO2020191390A2/en
Priority to KR1020207037712A priority patent/KR20210143100A/en
Priority to EP20719053.9A priority patent/EP3942072B1/en
Priority to EP23195503.0A priority patent/EP4276769A3/en
Priority to JP2021517978A priority patent/JP2022524562A/en
Priority to BR112020026433-4A priority patent/BR112020026433A2/en
Priority to MX2020014293A priority patent/MX2020014293A/en
Priority to EP20718112.4A priority patent/EP3942070A1/en
Priority to CN202080005431.0A priority patent/CN112789680A/en
Priority to KR1020217009877A priority patent/KR20210143154A/en
Priority to JP2020572703A priority patent/JP2022526470A/en
Priority to CN202080004547.2A priority patent/CN112585689A/en
Priority to BR112020026426-1A priority patent/BR112020026426A2/en
Priority to CN202080003622.3A priority patent/CN112313666A/en
Priority to JP2020572704A priority patent/JP2022532458A/en
Priority to KR1020217003269A priority patent/KR20210145115A/en
Priority to EP20757979.8A priority patent/EP3942074A2/en
Priority to PCT/US2020/024092 priority patent/WO2020191391A2/en
Priority to MX2020014302A priority patent/MX2020014302A/en
Priority to KR1020217003270A priority patent/KR20210145116A/en
Priority to BR112020026455-5A priority patent/BR112020026455A2/en
Priority to CA3104951A priority patent/CA3104951A1/en
Priority to SG11202012463YA priority patent/SG11202012463YA/en
Priority to CN202080004529.4A priority patent/CN112689875A/en
Priority to JP2020572706A priority patent/JP2022535306A/en
Priority to AU2020240141A priority patent/AU2020240141A1/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of NL2023310B1 publication Critical patent/NL2023310B1/en
Priority to IL279525A priority patent/IL279525A/en
Priority to IL279527A priority patent/IL279527A/en
Priority to IL279533A priority patent/IL279533A/en
Priority to IL279522A priority patent/IL279522A/en
Priority to IL281668A priority patent/IL281668A/en
Priority to US18/296,125 priority patent/US20240071573A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12QMEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
    • C12Q1/00Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions
    • C12Q1/68Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions involving nucleic acids
    • C12Q1/6869Methods for sequencing
    • GPHYSICS
    • G01MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01NINVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
    • G01N21/00Investigating or analysing materials by the use of optical means, i.e. using sub-millimetre waves, infrared, visible or ultraviolet light
    • G01N21/62Systems in which the material investigated is excited whereby it emits light or causes a change in wavelength of the incident light
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06TIMAGE DATA PROCESSING OR GENERATION, IN GENERAL
    • G06T7/00Image analysis
    • GPHYSICS
    • G16INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR SPECIFIC APPLICATION FIELDS
    • G16BBIOINFORMATICS, i.e. INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR GENETIC OR PROTEIN-RELATED DATA PROCESSING IN COMPUTATIONAL MOLECULAR BIOLOGY
    • G16B30/00ICT specially adapted for sequence analysis involving nucleotides or amino acids
    • G16B30/10Sequence alignment; Homology search

Abstract

The technology disclosed determines metadata about analytes on a tile of a flow cell by (i) accessing a series of image sets generated during a sequencing run, each image set in the series generated during a respective sequencing cycle of the sequencing run, each image in the series depicting the analytes and their surrounding background, and each image in the series having a plurality of subpixels, (ii) obtaining, from a base caller, a base call classifying each of the subpixels as one of four bases (A, C, T, and G), thereby producing a base call sequence for each of the subpixels across a plurality of sequencing cycles of the sequencing run, (iii) generating an analyte map that identifies the analytes as disjointed regions of contiguous subpixels Which share a substantially matching base call sequence, and (iv) determining spatial distribution of analytes, including their shapes and sizes based on the disjointed regions and storing the analyte map in memory for use as ground truth for training a classifier.

Description

TRAINING DATA GENERATION FOR ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE-BASED SEQUENCING
FIELD OF THE TECHNOLOGY DISCLOSED 10091] The technology disclosed relates to artificial intelligence type computers and digital data processing systems and corresponding data processing methods and products for emulation of intelligence (i.e., knowledge based systems, reasoning systems, and knowledge acquisition systems); and including systems for reasoning with uncertainty (e.g., fuzzy logic systems), adaptive systems, machine learning systems, and artificial neural networks. In particular, the technology disclosed relates to using deep neural networks such as deep convolutional neural networks for analyzing data.
BACKGROUND {00021 The subject matter discussed in this section should not be assumed to be prior art merely as a result of its mention in this section. Similarly, a problem mentioned in this section or associated with the subject matter provided as background should not be assumed to have been previously recognized in the prior art. The subject matter in this section merely represents different approaches, which in and of themselves can also correspond to implementations of the claimed technology. 0003] Deep neural networks are a type of artificial neural networks that use multiple nonlinear and complex transforming layers to successively model high-level features. Deep neural networks provide feedback via backpropagation which carries the difference between observed and predicted output to adjust parameters. Deep neural networks have evolved with the availability of large training datasets, the power of parallel and distributed computing, and sophisticated training algorithms. Deep neural networks have facilitated major advances in namerous domains such as computer vision, speech recognition, and natural language processing. fooo41 Convolutional neural networks (CNNs) and recurrent neural networks (RNNs) are components of deep neural networks. Convolutional neural networks have succeeded particularly in image recognition with an architecture that comprises convolution layers, nonlinear layers, and pooling layers. Recurrent neural networks are designed to utilize sequential information of input data with cyclic connections among building blocks like perceptrons, long short-term memory units, and gated recurrent units. In addition, many other emergent deep neural networks have been proposed for limited contexts, such as deep spatio-temporal neural networks, multi-dimensional recurrent neural networks, and convolutional auto-encoders. {00051 The goal of training deep neural networks is optimization of the weight parameters in each layer, which gradually combines simpler features into complex features so that the most suitable hierarchical representations can be learned from data. A single cycle of the optimization process is organized as follows. First, given a training dataset, the forward pass sequentially computes the output in each layer and propagates the function signals forward through the network. In the final output layer, an objective loss function measures error between the inferenced outputs and the given labels. To minimize the training error, the backward pass uses the chain rule to backpropagate error signals and compute gradients with respect to all weights throughout the neural network. Finally, the weight parameters are updated using optimization algorithms based on stochastic gradient descent. Whereas batch gradient descent performs parameter updates for each complete dataset, stochastic gradient descent provides stochastic approximations by performing the updates for each small set of data examples. Several optimization algorithms stem from stochastic gradient descent. For example, the Adagrad and Adam training algorithms perform stochastic gradient descent while adaptively modifying learning rates based on update frequency and moments of the gradients for each parameter, respectively.
[eons] Another core element in the training of deep neural networks is regularization, which refers to strategies intended to avoid overfitting and thus achieve good generalization performance. For example, weight decay adds a penalty term to the objective loss function so that weight parameters converge to smaller absolute values. Dropout randomly removes hidden units from neural networks during training and can be considered an ensemble of possible subnetworks. To enhance the capabilities of dropout, a new activation function, maxout, and a variant of dropout for recurrent neural networks called rnnDrop have been proposed. Furthermore, batch normalization provides a new regularization method through normalization of scalar features for each activation within a mini-batch and learning each mean and variance as parameters.
[e007] Given that sequenced data are muiti- and high-dimensional, deep neural networks have great promise for bioinformatics research because of their broad applicability and enhanced prediction power. Convolutional neural networks have been adapted to solve sequence-based problems in genomics such as motif discovery, pathogenic variant identification, and gene expression inference. Convolutional neural networks use a weight-sharing strategy that is especially useful for studying DNA because it can capture sequence motifs, which are short, recurring local patterns in DNA that are presumed to have significant biological functions. A hallmark of convolutional neural networks is the use of convolution filters.
10008] Unlike traditional classification approaches that are based on elaborately-designed and manually-crafted features, convolution filters perform adaptive learning of features, analogous to a process of mapping raw input data to the informative representation of knowledge. In this sense, the convolution filters serve as a series of motif scanners, since a set of such filters is capable of recognizing relevant patterns in the input and updating themselves during the training procedure.
Recurrent neural networks can capture long-range dependencies in sequential data of varying lengths, such as protein or DNA sequences.
foovy1 Therefore, an opportunity arises to use a principled deep learning-based framework for template generation and base calling. {ooo In the era of high-throughput technology, amassing the highest yield of interpretable data at the lowest cost per effort remains a significant challenge. Cluster-based methods of nucleic acid sequencing, such as those that utilize bridge amplification for cluster formation, have made a valuable contribution toward the goal of increasing the throughput of nucleic acid sequencing. These cluster-based methods rely on sequencing a dense population of nucleic acids immobilized on a solid support, and typically involve the use of image analysis software to deconvolve optical signals generated in the course of simultaneously sequencing multiple clusters situated at distinct locations on a solid support.
10011] However, such solid-phase nucleic acid cluster-based sequencing technologies still face considerable obstacles that limit the amount of throughput that can be achieved. For example, in cluster-based sequencing methods, determining the nucleic acid sequences of two or more clusters that are physically too close to one another to be resolved spatially, or that in fact physically overlap on the solid support, can pose an obstacle. For example, current image analysis software can require valuable time and computational resources for determining from which of two overlapping clusters an optical signal has emanated. As a consequence, compromises are inevitable for a variety of detection platforms with respect to the quantity and/or quality of nucleic acid sequence information that can be obtained.
joo12] High density nucleic acid cluster-based genomics methods extend to other areas of genome analysis as well. For example, nucleic acid cluster-based genomics can be used in sequencing applications, diagnostics and screening, gene expression analysis, epigenetic analysis, genetic analysis of polymorphisms, and the like. Each of these nucleic acid cluster-based genomics technologies, too, is limited when there is an inability to resolve data generated from closely proximate or spatially overlapping nucleic acid clusters.
00131 Clearly there remains a need for increasing the quality and quantity of nucleic acid sequencing data that can be obtained rapidly and cost-effectively for a wide variety of uses, including for genomics (e.g., for genome characterization of any and all animal, plant, microbial or other biological species or populations), pharmacogenomics, transcriptomics, diagnostics, prognostics, biomedical risk assessment, clinical and research genetics, personalized medicine, drug efficacy and drug interactions assessments, veterinary medicine, agriculture, evolutionary and biodiversity studies, aquaculture, forestry, oceanography, ecological and environmental management, and other purposes. foo141 The technology disclosed provides neural network-based methods and systems that address these and similar needs, including increasing the level of throughput in high-throughput nucleic acid sequencing technologies, and offers other related advantages.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS 0015s] The patent or application file contains at least one drawing executed in color. Copies of this patent or patent application publication with color drawing(s) will be provided by the Office upon request and payment of the necessary fee. The color drawings also may be available in PAIR via the Supplemental Content tab.
[0016] In the drawings, like reference characters generally refer to like parts throughout the different views. Also, the drawings are not necessarily to scale, with an emphasis instead generally being placed upon illustrating the principles of the technology disclosed. In the following description, various implementations of the technology disclosed are described with reference to IO the following drawings, in which: 10017] Figure 1 shows one implementation of a processing pipeline that determines cluster metadata using subpixel base calling.
joo1s] Figure 2 depicts one implementation of a flow cell that contains clusters in its tiles. footy] Figure 3 illustrates one example of the Illumina GA-Ilx flow cell with eight lanes.
100291 Figure 4 depicts an image set of sequencing images for four-channel chemistry, i.e, the image set has four sequencing images, captured using four different wavelength bands (image/imaging channel) in the pixel domain.
021] Figure 5 is one implementation of dividing a sequencing image into subpixels (or subpixel regions).
10022) Figure 6 shows preliminary center coordinates of the clusters identified by the base caller during the subpixel base calling.
{00231 Figure 7 depicts one implementation of merging subpixel base calls produced over the plurality of sequencing cycles to generate the so-called “cluster maps” that contain the cluster metadata.
241 Figure 8a illustrates one example of a cluster map generated by the merging of the subpixel base calls.
{0251 Figure 8b depicts one implementation of subpixel base calling. 10026] Figure 9 shows another example of a cluster map that identifies cluster metadata. 10027] Figure 10 shows how a center of mass (COM) of a disjointed region in a cluster map is calculated.
0281 Figure 11 depicts one implementation of calculation of a weighted decay factor based on the Euclidean distance from a subpixel in a disjointed region to the COM of the disjointed region. 00291 Figure 12 illustrates one implementation of an example ground truth decay map derived from an example cluster map produced by the subpixel base calling.
0030] Figure 13 illustrates one implementation of deriving a ternary map from a cluster map. 0031] Figure 14 illustrates one implementation of deriving a binary map from a cluster map.
{00321 Figure 15 is a block diagram that shows one implementation of generating training data that is used to train the neural network-based template generator and the neural network-based base caller. 10033] Figure 16 shows characteristics of the disclosed training examples used to train the neural 5 network-based template generator and the neural network-based base caller.
[0034] Figure 17 illustrates one implementation of processing input image data through the disclosed neural network-based template generator and generating an output value for each unit in an array. In one implementation, the array is a decay map. In another implementation, the array is a ternary map. In yet another implementation, the array is a binary map.
100351 Figure 18 shows one implementation of post-processing techniques that are applied to the decay map, the ternary map, or the binary map produced by the neural network-based template generator to derive cluster metadata, including cluster centers, cluster shapes, cluster sizes, cluster background, and/or cluster boundaries.
[0036] Figure 19 depicts one implementation of extracting cluster intensity in the pixel domain.
10037] Figure 29 illustrates one implementation of extracting cluster intensity in the subpixel domain.
{vo3s] Figure 21a shows three different implementations of the neural network-based template generator. {0391 Figure 21b depicts one implementation of the input image data that is fed as input to the neural network-based template generator 1512. The input image data comprises a series of image sets with sequencing images that are generated during a certain number of initial sequences cycles of a sequencing run.
{0049 Figure 22 shows one implementation of extracting patches from the series of image sets in Figure 21b to produce a series of “down-sized” image sets that form the input image data.
qa] Figure 23 depicts one implementation of upsampling the series of image sets in Figure 21b to produce a series of “upsampled” image sets that forms the input image data.
0042] Figure 24 shows one implementation of extracting patches from the series of upsampled image sets in Figure 23 to produce a series of “upsampled and down-sized” image sets that form the input image data.
10043] Figure 25 illustrates one implementation of an overall example process of generating ground truth data for training the neural network-based template generator.
00441 Figure 26 illustrates one implementation of the regression model. {vv4s] Figure 27 depicts one implementation of generating a ground truth decay map from a cluster map. The ground truth decay map is used as ground truth data for training the regression model.
{o0a6] Figure 28 is one implementation of training the regression model using a backpropagation- based gradient update technique. 100477 Figure 29 is one implementation of template generation by the regression model during inference.
10045] Figure 30 illustrates one implementation of subjecting the decay map to post-processing to identify cluster metadata. [00491 Figure 31 depicts one implementation of a watershed segmentation technique identifying non-overlapping groups of contiguous cluster/cluster interior subpixels that characterize the clusters.
00501 Figure 32 is a table that shows an example U-Net architecture of the regression model. 10051] Figure 33 illustrates different approaches of extracting cluster intensity using cluster shape information identified in a template image.
10052] Figure 34 shows different approaches of base calling using the outputs of the regression model.
[0053] Figure 35 illustrates the difference in base calling performance when the RTA base caller uses ground truth center of mass (COM) location as the cluster center, as opposed to using a non- COM location as the cluster center. The results show that using COM improves base calling.
{00541 Figure 36 shows, on the left, an example decay map produced the regression model. On the right, Figure 36 also shows an example ground truth decay map that the regression model approximates during the training.
10055] Figure 37 portrays one implementation of the peak locator identifying cluster centers in the decay map by detecting peaks.
[0056] Figure 38 compares peaks detected by the peak locator in a decay map produced by the regression model with peaks in a corresponding ground truth decay map.
sn Figure 39 illustrates performance of the regression model using precision and recall statistics.
{00s8] Figure 40 compares performance of the regression model with the RTA base caller for 20pM library concentration (normal run). 10059] Figure 41 compares performance of the regression model with the RTA base caller for 30pM library concentration (dense run).
0060] Figure 42 compares number of non-duplicate proper read pairs, i.e, the number of paired reads that do not have both reads aligned inwards within a reasonable distance detected by the regression model versus the same detected by the RTA base caller.
{oocij Figure 43 shows, on the right, a first decay map produced by the regression model. On the left, Figure 43 shows a second decay map produced by the regression model.
{0062 Figure 44 compares performance of the regression model with the RTA base caller for 40pM library concentration (highly dense run). 10063] Figure 45 shows, on the left, a first decay map produced by the regression model. On the right, Figure 45 shows the results of the thresholding, the peak locating, and the watershed segmentation technique applied to the first decay map. 0064] Figure 46 illustrates one implementation of the binary classification model. oes] Figure 47 is one implementation of training the binary classification model using a backpropagation-based gradient update technique that involves softmax scores. (wee) Figure 48 is another implementation of training the binary classification model using a backpropagation-based gradient update technique that involves sigmoid scores.
10067] Figure 49 illustrates another implementation of the input image data fed to the binary classification model and the corresponding class labels used to train the binary classification model.
wes] Figure 50 is one implementation of template generation by the binary classification model during inference.
{voc9] Figure 51 illustrates one implementation of subjecting the binary map to peak detection to identify cluster centers.
{00707 Figure 52a shows, on the left, an example binary map produced by the binary classification model. On the right, Figure 52a also shows an example ground truth binary map that the binary classification model approximates during the training.
10071] Figure 52b illustrates performance of the binary classification model using a precision statistic.
[0072] Figure 53 is a table that shows an example architecture of the binary classification model.
[0073] Figure 54 illustrates one implementation of the ternary classification model.
wr41 Figure 55 is one implementation of training the ternary classification model using a backpropagation-based gradient update technique.
{00751 Figure 56 illustrates another implementation of the input image data fed to the ternary classification model and the corresponding class labels used to train the ternary classification model.
10076] Figure 57 is a table that shows an example architecture of the ternary classification model.
[0077] Figure 58 is one implementation of template generation by the ternary classification model during inference.
00781 Figure 59 shows a ternary map produced by the ternary classification model. {00791 Figure 60 depicts an array of units produced by the ternary classification model 5400, along with the unit-wise output values.
{ooso Figure 61 shows one implementation of subjecting the ternary map to post-processing to identify cluster centers, cluster background, and cluster interior. ioosij Figure 62a shows example predictions of the ternary classification model. 10082] Figure 62b illustrates other example predictions of the ternary classification model.
10083] Figure 62e shows yet other example predictions of the ternary classification model. fs4] Figure 63 depicts one implementation of deriving the cluster centers and cluster shapes from the output of the ternary classification model in Figure 62a.
{voss] Figure 64 compares base calling performance of the binary classification model, the regression model, and the RTA base caller.
vos] Figure 65 compares the performance of the ternary classification model with that of the RTA base caller under three contexts, five sequencing metrics, and two run densities.
10087] Figure 66 compares the performance of the regression model with that of the RTA base caller under the three contexts, the five sequencing metrics, and the two run densities discussed in Figure 65.
oss] Figure 67 focuses on the penultimate layer of the neural network-based template generator. ose] Figure 68 visualizes what the penultimate layer of the neural network-based template generator has learned as a result of the backpropagation-based gradient update training. The illustrated implementation visualizes twenty-four out of the thirty-two trained convolution filters of the penultimate layer depicted in Figure 67.
100991 Figure 69 overlays cluster center predictions of the binary classification model (in blue) onto those of the RTA base caller (in pink). jooo1] Figure 70 overlays cluster center predictions made by the RTA base caller (in pink) onto visualization of the trained convolution filters of the penultimate layer of the binary classification model.
qmws92] Figure 71 illustrates one implementation of training data used to train the neural network- based template generator.
{00931 Figure 72 is one implementation of using beads for image registration based on cluster center predictions of the neural network-based template generator. joo94] Figure 73 illustrates one implementation of cluster statistics of clusters identified by the neural network-based template generator.
[0095] Figure 74 shows how the neural network-based template generator’s ability to distinguish between adjacent clusters improves when the number of initial sequencing cycles for which the input image data is used increases from five to seven.
{oog6] Figure 75 illustrates the difference in base calling performance when a RTA base caller uses ground truth center of mass (COM) location as the cluster center, as opposed to when a non- COM location is used as the cluster center.
{00971 Figure 76 portrays the performance of the neural network-based template generator on extra detected clusters. 10098] Figure 77 shows different datasets used for training the neural network-based template generator. 10099] Figure 78 is a block diagram of a base calling system in accordance with one implementation. oo1001 Figure 79 is a block diagram of a system controller that can be used in the system of Figure 78. foo1e1] Figure 80 is a simplified block diagram of a computer system that can be used to implement the technology disclosed.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION 00102] The following discussion is presented to enable any person skilled in the art to make and use the technology disclosed, and is provided in the context of a particular application and its requirements. Various modifications to the disclosed implementations will be readily apparent to those skilled in the art, and the general principles defined herein may be applied to other implementations and applications without departing from the technology disclosed. Thus, the technology disclosed is not intended to be limited to the implementations shown, but is to be accorded the widest scope consistent with the principles and features disclosed herein. Introduction 100103] Base calling from digital images is massively parallel and computationally intensive. This presents numerous technical challenges that we identify before introducing our new technology. i041 The signal from an image set being evaluated is increasingly faint as classification of bases proceeds in cycles, especially over increasingly long strands of bases. The signal-to-noise ratio decreases as base classification extends over the length of a strand, so reliability decreases. Updated estimates of reliability are expected as the estimated reliability of base classification changes. 00105] Digital images are captured from amplified clusters of sample strands. Samples are amplified by duplicating strands using a variety of physical structures and chemistries. During sequencing by synthesis, tags are chemically attached in cycles and stimulated to glow. Digital sensors collect photons from the tags that are read out of pixels to produce images. {ooio6] Interpreting digital images to classify bases requires resolving positional uncertainty, handicapped by limited image resolution. At a greater resolution than collected during base calling, it is apparent imaged clusters have irregular shapes and indeterminate center positions. Cluster positions are not mechanically regulated, so cluster centers are not aligned with pixel centers. A pixel center can be the integer coordinate assigned to a pixel. In other implementations, it can be the top-left corner of the pixel. In yet other implementations, it can be the centroid or center-of- mass of the pixel. Amplification does not produce uniform cluster shapes. Distribution of cluster signals in the digital image is, therefore, a statistical distribution rather than a regular pattern. We call this positional uncertainty.
100197] One of the signal classes may produce no detectable signal and be classified at a particular position based on a “dark” signal. Thus, templates are necessary for classification during dark cycles. Production of templates resolves initial positional uncertainty using multiple imaging cycles to avoid missing dark signals.
{ovio8] 'Trade-offs in image sensor size, magnification, and stepper design lead to pixel sizes that IO are relatively large, that are too large to treat cluster centers as coincident with sensor pixel centers. This disclosure uses pixel in two senses. The physical, sensor pixel is a region of an optical sensor that reports detected photons. A logical pixel, simply referred to as a pixel, is data corresponding to at feast one physical pixel, data read from the sensor pixel. The pixel can be subdivided or “op sampled” into sub pixels, such as 4 x 4 sub pixels. To take into account the possibility that all the {5 photons are hitting one side of the physical pixel and not the opposite side, values can be assigned to sub pixels by interpolation, such as bilinear interpolation or area weighting. Interpolation or bilinear interpolation also is applied when pixels are re-framed by applying an affine transformation to data from physical pixels. 00109] Larger physical pixels are more sensitive to faint signals than smaller pixels. While digital sensors improve with time, the physical limitation of collector surface area is unavoidable. Taking design trade-offs into consideration, legacy systems have been designed to collect and analyze image data from a three-by-three patch of sensor pixels, with the center of the cluster somewhere in the center pixel of the patch. foo1101 High resolution sensors capture only part of an imaged media at a time. The sensor is stepped over the imaged media to cover the whole field. Thousands of digital images can be collected during one processing cycle. ooi Sensor and illumination design are combined to distinguish among at least four illumination response values that are used to classify bases. If a traditional RGB camera with a Bayer color filter array were used, four sensor pixels would be combined into a single RGB value.
This would reduce the effective sensor resolution by four-fold. Alternatively, multiple images can be collected at a single position using different illumination wavelengths and/or different filters rotated into position between the imaged media and the sensor. The number of images required to distinguish among four base classifications varies between systems. Some systems use one image with four intensity levels for different classes of bases. Other systems use two images with different illumination wavelengths (red and green, for instance) and/or filters with a sort of truth table to classify bases. Systems also can use four images with different illumination wavelengths and/or filters tuned to specific base classes. 100112] Massively parallel processing of digital images is practically necessary to align and combine relatively short strands, on the order of 30 to 2000 base pairs, into longer sequences, potentially millions or even billions of bases in length. Redundant samples are desirable over an imaged media, so a part of a sequence may be covered by dozens of sample reads. Millions or at least hundreds of thousands of sample clusters are imaged from a single imaged media. Massively parallel processing of so many clusters has increased in sequencing capacity while decreasing cost. 001131 The capacity for sequencing has increased at a pace that rivals Moore’s law. While the first IO sequencing cost billions of dollars, in 2018 services such as Illumina '” are delivering results for hundred(s) of dollars. As sequencing goes mainstream and unit prices drop, less computing power is available for classification, which increases the challenge of near real time classification. With these technical challenges in mind, we turn to the technology disclosed.
{001141 The technology disclosed improves processing during both template generation to resolve positional uncertainty and during base classification of clusters at resolved positions. Applying the technology disclosed, less expensive hardware can be used to reduce the cost of machines. Near real time analysis can become cost effective, reducing the lag between image collection and base classification.
{01151 The technology disclosed can use upsampled images produced by interpolating sensor pixels into subpixels and then producing templates that resolve positional uncertainty. A resulting subpixel is submitted to a base caller for classification that treats the subpixel as if it were at the center of a cluster. Clusters are determined from groups of adjoining subpixels that repeatedly receive the same base classification. This aspect of the technology leverages existing base calling technology to determine shapes of clusters and to hyper-locate cluster centers with a subpixel resolution.
{oo1i6] Another aspect of the technology disclosed is to create ground truth, training data sets that pair images with confidently determined cluster centers and/or cluster shapes. Deep learning systems and other machine learning approaches require substantial training sets. Human curated data is expensive to compile. The technology disclosed can be used to leverage existing classifiers, in a non-standard mode of operation, to generate large sets of confidently classified training data without intervention or the expense of a human curator. The training data correlates raw images with cluster centers and/or cluster shapes available from existing classifiers, in a non-standard mode of operation, such as CNN-based deep learning systems, which can then directly process image sequences. One training image can be rotated and reflected to produce additional, equally valid examples. Training examples can focus on regions of a predetermined size within an overall image.
The context evaluated during base calling determines the size of example training regions, rather than the size of an image from or overall imaged media. 100117] The technology disclosed can produce different types of maps, usable as training data or as templates for base classification, which correlate cluster centers and/or cluster shapes with digital images.
First, a subpixel can be classified as a cluster center, thereby localizing a cluster center within a physical sensor pixel.
Second, a cluster center can be calculated as the centroid of a cluster shape.
This location can be reported with a selected numeric precision.
Third, a cluster center can be reported with surrounding subpixels in a decay map, either at subpixel or pixel resolution.
A decay map reduces weight given to photons detected in regions as separation of the regions from the cluster center increase, attenuating signals from more distant positions.
Fourth, binary or ternary classifications can be applied to subpixels or pixels in clusters of adjoining regions.
In binary classification, a region is classified as belonging to a cluster center or as background.
In ternary classification, the third class type is assigned to the region that contains the cluster interior, but not the cluster center.
Subpixel classification of cluster center locations could be substituted for real valued cluster center coordinates within a larger optical pixel. oo1181 The alternative styles of maps can initially be produced as ground truth data sets, or, with training, they can be produced using a neural network.
For instance, clusters can be depicted as disjoint regions of adjoining subpixels with appropriate classifications.
Intensity mapped clusters from a neural network can be post-processed by a peak detector filter, to calculate cluster centers, if the centers have not already been determined.
Applying a so-called watershed analysis, abutting regions can be assigned to separate clusters.
When produced by a neural network inference engine, the maps can be used as templates for evaluating a sequence of digital images and classifying bases over cycles of base calling.
Neural Network-Based Template Generation potty The first step of template generation is determining cluster metadata.
Cluster metadata identifies spatial distribution of clusters, including their centers, shapes, sizes, background, and/or boundaries.
Determining Cluster Metadata 100120] Figure 1 shows one implementation of a processing pipeline that determines cluster metadata using subpixel base calling. 00121] Figure 2 depicts one implementation of a flow cell that contains clusters in its tiles.
The flow cell is partitioned into lanes.
The lanes are further partitioned into non-overlapping regions called “tiles”. During the sequencing procedure, the clusters and their surrounding background on the tiles are imaged. {00122 Figure 3 illustrates an example Ilumina GA-Ix “ flow cell with eight lanes.
Figure 3 also shows a zoom-in on one tile and its clusters and their surrounding background.
(001231 Figure 4 depicts an image set of sequencing images for four-channel chemistry, i.e, the image set has four sequencing images, captured using four different wavelength bands (image/imaging channel) in the pixel domain. Each image in the image set covers a tile of a flow cell and depicts intensity emissions of clusters on the tile and their surrounding background captured for a particular image channel at a particular one of a plurality of sequencing cycles of a sequencing run performed on the flow cell. In one implementation, each imaged channel corresponds to one of a plurality of filter wavelength bands. In another implementation, each imaged channel corresponds to one of a plurality of imaging events at a sequencing cycle. In yet another implementation, each imaged channel corresponds to a combination of illumination with a IO specific laser and imaging through a specific optical filter. The intensity emissions of a cluster comprise signals detected from an analyte that can be used to classify a base associated with the analyte. For example, the intensity emissions may be signals indicative of photons emitted by tags that are chemically attached to an analyte during a cycle when the tags are stimulated and that may be detected by one or more digital sensors, as described above.
241 Figure 5 is one implementation of dividing a sequencing image into subpixels (or subpixel regions). In the illustrated implementation, quarter (0.25) subpixels are used, which results in each pixel in the sequencing image being divided into sixteen subpixels. Given that the illustrated sequencing image has a resolution of 20 x 20 pixels, i.e., 400 pixels, the division produces 6400 subpixels. Each of the subpixels is treated by a base caller as a region center for subpixel base calling. In some implementations, this base caller does not use neural network-based processing. In other implementations, this base caller is a neural network-based base caller.
100125] For a given sequencing cycle and a particular subpixel, the base caller is configured with logic to produce a base call for the given sequencing cycle particular subpixel by performing image processing steps and extracting intensity data for the subpixel from the corresponding image set of the sequencing cycle. This is done for each of the subpixels and for each of a plurality of sequencing cycles. Experiments have also been carried out with quarter subpixel division of 1800 x 1800 pixel resolution tile images of the [lumina MiSeq sequencer. Subpixel base calling was performed for fifty sequencing cycles and for ten tiles of a lane.
[00126] Figure 6 shows preliminary center coordinates of the clusters identified by the base caller during the subpixel base calling. Figure 6 also shows “origin subpixels” or “center subpixels” that contain the preliminary center coordinates.
[00127] Figure 7 depicts one example of merging subpixel base calls produced over the plurality of sequencing cycles to generate the so-called “cluster maps” that contain the cluster metadata. In the illustrated implementation, the subpixel base calls are merged using a breadth-first search approach.
oo1281 Figure 8a illustrates one example of a cluster map generated by the merging of the subpixel base calls. Figure 8b depicts one example of subpixel base calling. Figure 8b also shows one implementation of analyzing subpixel-wise base call sequences produced from the subpixel base calling to generate a cluster map.
Sequencing Images f129] Cluster metadata determination involves analyzing image data produced by a sequencing instrument 102 (e.g., Blumina’s iSeq, HiSegX, HiSeq3000, HiSeg4000, HiSeq2500, NovaSeg 6000, NextSeq, NextSegDx, MiSeq and MiSeqDx). The following discussion outlines how the image data is generated and what it depicts, in accordance with one implementation.
IO oo] Base calling is the process in which the raw signal of the sequencing instrument 102, i.e, intensity data extracted from images, is decoded into DNA sequences and quality scores. In one implementation, the Illumina platforms employ cyclic reversible termination (CRT) chemistry for base calling. The process relies on growing nascent DNA strands complementary to template DNA strands with modified nucleotides, while tracking an emitted signal of each newly added nucleotide. The modified nucleotides have a 3’ removable block that anchors a fluorophore signal of the nucleotide type.
001311 Sequencing occurs in repetitive cycles, each comprising three steps: (a) extension of a nascent strand by adding a modified nucleotide; (b) excitation of the fluorophores using one or more lasers of the optical system 104 and imaging through different filters of the optical system 104, yielding sequencing images 108; and (c) cleavage of the fluorophores and removal of the 3° block in preparation for the next sequencing cycle. Incorporation and imaging cycles are repeated up to a designated number of sequencing cycles, defining the read length of all clusters. Using this approach, each cycle interrogates a new position along the template strands.
1001321 The tremendous power of the Ilumina platforms stems from their ability to simultaneously execute and sense millions or even billions of clusters undergoing CRT reactions. The sequencing process occurs in a flow cell 202 — a small glass slide that holds the input DNA fragments during the sequencing process. The flow cell 202 is connected to the high-throughput optical system 104, which comprises microscopic imaging, excitation lasers, and fluorescence filters. The flow cell 262 comprises multiple chambers called lanes 204. The lanes 204 are physically separated from each other and may contain different tagged sequencing libraries, distinguishable without sample cross contamination. The imaging device 106 (e.g., a solid-state imager such as a charge-coupled device (CCD) or a complementary metal-oxide-semiconductor (CMOS) sensor) takes snapshots at multiple locations along the lanes 204 in a series of non-overlapping regions called tiles 206. {001331 For example, there are a hundred tiles per lane in Illumina Genome Analyzer II and sixty- eight tiles per lane in [lumina HiSeg2000. A tile 206 holds hundreds of thousands to millions of clusters. An image generated from a tile with clusters shown as bright spots is shown at 208. A cluster 302 comprises approximately one thousand identical copies of a template molecule, though clusters vary in size and shape. The clusters are grown from the template molecule, prior to the sequencing run, by bridge amplification of the input library. The purpose of the amplification and cluster growth is to increase the intensity of the emitted signal since the imaging device 106 cannot reliably sense a single fluorophore. However, the physical distance of the DNA fragments within a cluster 302 is small, so the imaging device 106 perceives the cluster of fragments as a single spot
302. 001341 The output of a sequencing run is the sequencing images 108, cach depicting intensity emissions of clusters on the tile in the pixel domain for a specific combination of lane, tile, sequencing cycle, and fluorophore (208A, 208C, 208T, 208G). Subpixel Base Calling 100135] The technology disclosed accesses a series of image sets generated during a sequencing run. The image sets comprise the sequencing images 108. Each image set in the series is captured during a respective sequencing cycle of the sequencing run. Each image (or sequencing image) in the series captures clusters on a tile of a flow cell and their surrounding background. 00136] In one implementation, the sequencing run utilizes four-channel chemistry and cach image set has four images. In another implementation, the sequencing run utilizes two-channel chemistry and each image set has two images. In yet another implementation, the sequencing run utilizes one- channel chemistry and each image set has two images. In yet other implementations, each image set has only one image. 1001371 The sequencing images 108 in the pixel domain are first converted into the subpixel domain by a subpixel addresser 110 to produce sequencing images 112 in the subpixel domain. In one implementation, each pixel in the sequencing images 108 is divided into sixteen subpixels 502. Thus, in one implementation, the subpixels 502 are quarter subpixels. In another implementation, the subpixels 502 are half subpixels. As a result, each of the sequencing images 112 in the subpixel domain has a plurality of subpixels 502. 001381 The subpixels are then separately fed as input to a base caller 114 to obtain, from the base caller 114, a base call classifying each of the subpixels as one of four bases (A, C, T, and G). This produces a base call sequence 116 for each of the subpixels across a plurality of sequencing cycles of the sequencing run. In one implementation, the subpixels 502 are identified to the base caller 114 based on their integer or non-integer coordinates. By tracking the emission signal from the subpixels 502 across image sets generated during the plurality of sequencing cycles, the base caller 114 recovers the underlying DNA sequence for each subpixel. An example of this is illustrated in Figure 8b. {001397 In other implementations, the technology disclosed obtains, from the base caller 114, the base call classifying each of the subpixels as one of five bases (A, C, T, G, and N). In such implementations, N base call denotes an undecided base call, usually due to low levels of extracted intensity. 100140] Some examples of the base caller 114 include non-neural network-based [lumina offerings such as the RTA (Real Time Analysis), the Firecrest program of the Genome Analyzer Analysis Pipeline, the IPAR (Integrated Primary Analysis and Reporting) machine, and the OLB (Off-Line Basecaller). For example, the base caller 114 produces the base call sequences by interpolating intensity of the subpixels, including at least one of nearest neighbor intensity extraction, Gaussian based intensity extraction, intensity extraction based on average of 2 x 2 subpixel area, intensity extraction based on brightest of 2 x 2 subpixel area, intensity extraction based on average of 3 x 3 subpixel area, bilinear intensity extraction, bicubic intensity extraction, and/or intensity extraction based on weighted area coverage. These techniques are described in detail in Appendix entitled “Intensity Extraction Methods”.
{00141ij In other implementations, the base caller 114 can be a neural network-based base caller, such as the neural network-based base caller 1514 disclosed herein.
004421 The subpixel-wise base call sequences 116 are then fed as input to a searcher 118. The searcher 118 searches for substantially matching base call sequences of contiguous subpixels. Base call sequences of contiguous subpixels are “substantially matching” when a predetermined portion of base calls match on an ordinal position-wise basis (e.g., >=41 matches in 45 cycles, <=4 mismatches in 45 cycles, <=4 mismatches in 50 cycles, or <=2 mismatches in 34 cycles).
100143] The searcher 118 then generates a cluster map 802 that identifies clusters as disjointed regions, eg. 804a-d, of contiguous subpixels that share a substantially matching base call sequence. This application uses “disjointed”, “disjoint”, and “non-overlapping” interchangeably. The search involves base calling the subpixels that contain parts of clusters to allow linking the called subpixels to contiguous subpixels with which they share a substantially matching base call sequence. In some implementations, the searcher 118 requires that at least some of the disjointed regions have a predetermined minimum number of subpixels (e.g., more than 4, 6, or 10 subpixels) to be processed as a cluster.
100144] In some implementations, the base caller 114 also identifies preliminary center coordinates of the clusters. Subpixels that contain the preliminary center coordinates are referred to as origin subpixels. Some example preliminary center coordinates (604a-c) identified by the base caller 114 and corresponding origin subpixels (606a-c) are shown in Figure 6. However, identification of the origin subpixels (preliminary center coordinates of the clusters) is not needed, as explained below. In some implementations, the searcher 118 uses breadth-first search for identifying substantially matching base call sequences of the subpixels by beginning with the origin subpixels 606a-c and continuing with successively contiguous non-origin subpixels 702a-c. This again is optional, as explained below.
Cluster Map {v0145] Figure 8a illustrates one example of a cluster map 802 generated by the merging of the subpixel base calls. The cluster map identifies a plurality of disjointed regions (depicted in various colors in Figure 8a). Each disjointed region comprises a non-overlapping group of contiguous subpixels that represents a respective cluster on a tile (from whose sequencing images and for which the cluster map is generated via the subpixel base calling). The region between the disjointed regions represents the background on the tile. The subpixels in the background region are called “background subpixels”. The subpixels in the disjointed regions are called “cluster subpixels”’ or “cluster interior subpixels”. In this discussion, origin subpixels are those subpixels in which preliminary center cluster coordinates determined by the RTA or another base caller, are located.
100146] The origin subpixels contain the preliminary center cluster coordinates. This means that the area covered by an origin subpixel includes a coordinate location that coincides with a preliminary center cluster coordinate location. Since the cluster map 802 is an image of logical subpixels, the origin subpixels are some of the subpixels in the cluster map.
001471 The search to identify clusters with substantially matching base call sequences of the subpixels does not need to begin with identification of the origin subpixels (preliminary center coordinates of the clusters) because the search can be done for all the subpixels and can start from any subpixel (e.g., 0,0 subpixel or any random subpixel). Thus, since each subpixel is evaluated to determine whether it shares a substantially matching base call sequence with another contiguous subpixel, the search does not depend on origin subpixels; the search can start with any subpixel. {eo14s] Irrespective of whether origin subpixels are used or not, certain clusters are identified that do not contain the origin subpixels (preliminary center coordinates of the clusters) predicted by the base caller 114. Some examples of clusters identified by the merging of the subpixel base calls and not containing an origin subpixel are clusters 812a, 812b, 812c, 812d, and 812e in Figure 8a. Thus, the technology disclosed identifies additional or extra clusters for which the centers may not have been identified by the base caller 114. Therefore, use of the base caller 114 for identification of origin subpixels (preliminary center coordinates of the clusters) is optional and not essential for the search of substantially matching base call sequences of contiguous subpixels.
[00149] In one implementation, first, the origin subpixels (preliminary center coordinates of the clusters) identified by the base caller 114 are used to identify a first set of clusters (by identification of substantially matching base call sequences of contiguous subpixels). Then, subpixels that are not part of the first set of clusters are used to identify a second set of clusters {by identification of substantially matching base call sequences of contiguous subpixels). This allows the technology disclosed to identify additional or extra clusters for which the centers are not identified by the base caller 114. Finally, subpixels that are not part of the first and second sets of clusters are identified as background subpixels, 100150] Figure 8b depicts one example of subpixel base calling. In Figure 8b, each sequencing cycle has an image set with four distinct images {i.e., A, C, T, G images) captured using four different wavelength bands (image/imaging channel) and four different fluorescent dyes (one for each base). roo1s11 In this example, pixels in images are divided into sixteen subpixels. Subpixels are then separately base called at each sequencing cycle by the base caller 114. To base call a given subpixel at a particular sequencing cycle, the base caller 114 uses intensities of the given subpixel ineach of the four A, C, T, G images. For example, intensities in image regions covered by subpixel 1 in each of the four A, C, T, G images of cycle 1 are used to base call subpixel 1 at cycle
1. For subpixel 1, these image regions include top-left one-sixteenth area of the respective top-left pixels in each of the four A, C, T, G images of cycle 1. Similarly, intensities in image regions covered by subpixel m in each of the four A, C, T, G images of cycle n are used to base call subpixel m at cycle n. For subpixel m, these image regions include bottom-right one-sixteenth area of the respective bottom-right pixels in each of the four A, C, T, G images of cycle 1. oo1521 This process produces subpixel-wise base call sequences 116 across the plurality of sequencing cycles. Then, the searcher 118 evaluates pairs of contiguous subpixels to determine whether they have a substantially matching base call sequence. If yes, then the pair of subpixels is stored in the cluster map 802 as belonging to a same cluster in a disjointed region. If no, then the pair of subpixels is stored in the cluster map 802 as not belonging to a same disjointed region. The cluster map 802 therefore identifies contiguous sets of sub-pixels for which the base calls for the sub-pixels substantially match across a plurality of cycles. Cluster map 802 therefore uses information from multiple cycles to provide a plurality of clusters with a high confidence that each cluster of the plurality of clusters provides sequence data for a single DNA strand. 001531 A cluster metadata generator 122 then processes the cluster map 802 to determine cluster metadata, including determining spatial distribution of clusters, including their centers (8102), shapes, sizes, background, and/or boundaries based on the disjointed regions (Figure 9). 100154] In some implementations, the cluster metadata generator 122 identifies as background those subpixels in the cluster map 802 that do not belong to any of the disjointed regions and therefore do not contribute to any clusters. Such subpixels are referred to as background subpixels 806a-c. oo1s5] In some implementations, the cluster map 802 identifies cluster boundary portions 808a-c between two contiguous subpixels whose base call sequences do not substantially match.
(wo1se] The cluster map is stored in memory (e.g., cluster maps data store 120) for use as ground truth for training a classifier such as the neural network-based template generator 1512 and the neural network-based base caller 1514. The cluster metadata can also be stored in memory (e.g., cluster metadata data store 124), 1001571 Figure 9 shows another example of a cluster map that identifies cluster metadata, including spatial distribution of the clusters, along with cluster centers, cluster shapes, cluster sizes, cluster background, and/or cluster boundaries. Center of Mass (COM) 001581 Figure 10 shows how a center of mass (COM) of a disjointed region in a cluster map is calculated. The COM can be used as the “revised” or “improved” center of the corresponding cluster in downstream processing.
[00159] In some implementations, a center of mass generator 1904, on a cluster-by-cluster basis, determines hyperlocated center coordinates 1906 of the clusters by calculating centers of mass of the disjointed regions of the cluster map as an average of coordinates of respective contiguous subpixels forming the disjointed regions. It then stores the hyperlocated center coordinates of the clusters in the memory on the cluster-by-cluster basis for use as ground truth for training the classifier. {ooi6e] In some implementations, a subpixel categorizer, on the cluster-by-cluster basis, identifies centers of mass subpixels 1008 in the disjointed regions 804a-d of the cluster map 802 at the hyperlocated center coordinates 1006 of the clusters. 001611 In other implementations, the cluster map is upsampled using interpolation. The upsampled cluster map is stored in the memory for use as ground truth for training the classifier.
Decay Factor & Decay Map 100162] Figure 11 depicts one implementation of calculation of a weighted decay factor for a subpixel based on the Euclidean distance from the subpixel to the center of mass (COM) of the disjointed region to which the subpixel belongs. In the illustrated implementation, the weighted decay factor gives the highest value to the subpixel containing the COM and decreases for subpixels further away from the COM. The weighted decay factor is used to derive a ground truth decay map 1294 from a cluster map generated from the subpixel base calling discussed above. The ground truth decay map 1204 contains an array of units and assigns at least one output value to each unit in the array. In some implementations, the units are subpixels and each subpixel is assigned an output value based on the weighted decay factor. The ground truth decay map 1204 is then used as ground truth for training the disclosed neural network-based template generator 1512. In some implementations, information from the ground truth decay map 1204 is also used to prepare input for the disclosed neural network-based base caller 1514.
(001631 Figure 12 illustrates one implementation of an example ground truth decay map 1204 derived from an example cluster map produced by the subpixel base calling as discussed above. In some implementations, in the upsampled cluster map, on the cluster-by-cluster basis, a value is assigned to each contiguous subpixel in the disjointed regions based on a decay factor 1102 that is proportional to distance 1106 of a contiguous subpixel from a center of mass subpixel 1194 in a disjointed region to which the contiguous subpixel belongs. joo164] Figure 12 depicts a ground truth decay map 1204. In one implementation, the subpixel value is an intensity value normalized between zero and one. In another implementation, in the upsampled cluster map, a same predetermined value is assigned to all the subpixels identified as the background. In some implementations, the predetermined value is a zero intensity value. 001651 In some implementations, the ground truth decay map 1204 is generated by a ground truth decay map generator 1202 from the upsampled cluster map that expresses the contiguous subpixels in the disjointed regions and the subpixels identified as the background based on their assigned values. The ground truth decay map 1204 is stored in the memory for use as ground truth for training the classifier. In one implementation, each subpixel in the ground truth decay map 1204 has a value normalized between zero and one.
Ternary (Three Class) Map jootes1 Figure 13 illustrates one implementation of deriving a ground truth ternary map 1304 from a cluster map. The ground truth ternary map 1304 contains an array of units and assigns at least one output value to each unit in the array. By name, ternary map implementations of the ground truth ternary map 1304 assign three output values to each unit in the array, such that, for each unit, a first output value corresponds to a classification label or score for a background class, a second output valae corresponds to a classification label or score for a cluster center class, and a third output value corresponds to a classification label or score for a cluster/cluster interior class. The ground truth ternary map 1304 is used as ground truth data for training the neural network-based template generator 1512. In some implementations, information from the ground truth ternary map 1304 is also used to prepare input for the neural network-based base caller 1514.
wi671 Figure 13 depicts an example ground truth ternary map 1304. In another implementation, in the upsampled cluster map, the contiguous subpixels in the disjointed regions are categorized on the cluster-by-cluster basis by a ground truth ternary map generator 1302, as cluster interior subpixels belonging to a same cluster, the centers of mass subpixels as cluster center subpixels, and as background subpixels the subpixels not belonging to any cluster. In some implementations, the categorizations are stored in the ground truth ternary map 1304. These categorizations and the ground truth ternary map 1304 are stored in the memory for use as ground truth for training the classifier. votes] In other implementations, on the cluster-by-cluster basis, coordinates of the cluster interior subpixels, the cluster center subpixels, and the background subpixels are stored in the memory for use as ground truth for training the classifier. Then, the coordinates are downscaled by a factor used to upsample the cluster map. Then, on the cluster-by-cluster basis, the downscaled coordinates are stored in the memory for use as ground truth for training the classifier. 100169] In yet other implementations, the ground truth ternary map generator 1302 uses the cluster maps to generate the ternary ground truth data 1304 from the upsampled cluster map. The ternary ground truth data 1304 labels the background subpixels as belonging to a background class, the cluster center subpixels as belonging to a cluster center class, and the cluster interior subpixels as belonging to a cluster interior class. In some visualization implementations, color coding can be used to depict and distinguish the different class labels. The ternary ground truth data 1304 is stored in the memory for use as ground truth for training the classifier.
Binary (Two Class) Map 100170] Figure 14 illustrates one implementation of deriving a ground truth binary map 1494 from a cluster map. The binary map 1404 contains an array of units and assigns at least one output value to each unit in the array. By name, the binary map assigns two output values to each unit in the array, such that, for each unit, a first output value corresponds to a classification label or score for a cluster center class and a second output value corresponds to a classification label or score for a non-center class. The binary map is used as ground truth data for training the neural network-based template generator 1512. In some implementations, information from the binary map is also used to prepare input for the neural network-based base caller 1514. 001711 Figure 14 depicts a ground truth binary map 1404. The ground truth binary map generator 1402 uses the cluster maps 120 to generate the binary ground truth data 1404 from the upsampled cluster maps. The binary ground truth data 1404 labels the cluster center subpixels as belonging to a cluster center class and labels all other subpixels as belonging to a non-center class. The binary ground truth data 1484 is stored in the memory for use as ground truth for training the classifier. (01721 In some implementations, the technology disclosed generates cluster maps 120 for a plurality of tiles of the flow cell, stores the cluster maps in memory, and determines spatial distribution of clusters in the tiles based on the cluster maps 120, including their shapes and sizes. Then, the technology disclosed, in the upsampled cluster maps 120 of the clusters in the tiles, categorizes, on a cluster-by-cluster basis, subpixels as cluster interior subpixels belonging to a same cluster, cluster center subpixels, and background subpixels. The technology disclosed then stores the categorizations in the memory for use as ground truth for training the classifier, and stores, on the cluster-by-cluster basis across the tiles, coordinates of the cluster interior subpixels, the cluster center subpixels, and the background subpixels in the memory for use as ground truth for training the classifier. The technology disclosed then downscales the coordinates by the factor used to upsample the cluster map and stores, on the cluster-by-cluster basis across the tiles, the downscaled coordinates in the memory for use as ground truth for training the classifier.
(001731 In some implementations, the flow cell has at least one patterned surface with an array of wells that occupy the clusters. In such implementations, based on the determined shapes and sizes of the clusters, the technology disclosed determines: (1) which ones of the wells are substantially occupied by at least one cluster, (2) which ones of the wells are minimally occupied, and (3) which ones of the wells are co-occupied by multiple clusters. This allows for determining respective metadata of multiple clusters that co-occupy a same well, i.e, centers, shapes, and sizes of two or more clusters that share a same well. (001741 In some implementations, the solid support on which samples are amplified into clusters comprises a patterned surface. A “patterned surface” refers to an arrangement of different regions in or on an exposed layer of a solid support. For example, one or more of the regions can be features where one or more amplification primers are present. The features can be separated by interstitial regions where amplification primers are not present. In some implementations, the pattern can be an x-y format of features that are in rows and columns. In some implementations, the pattern can be a repeating arrangement of features and/or interstitial regions. In some implementations, the pattern can be a random arrangement of features and/or interstitial regions. Exemplary patterned surfaces that can be used in the methods and compositions set forth herein are described in US Pat. No. 8,778,849, US Pat. No. 9.079.148. US Pat. No. 8,778,848, and US Pub. No. 2014/0243224, each of which is incorporated herein by reference. {001751 In some implementations, the solid support comprises an array of wells or depressions in a surface. This may be fabricated as is generally known in the art using a variety of techniques, including, but not limited to. photolithography, stamping techniques, molding techniques and microetching techniques. As will be appreciated by those in the art, the technique used will depend on the composition and shape of the array substrate.
[00176] The features in a patterned surface can be wells in an array of wells {e.g. microwells or nanowells) on glass, silicon, plastic or other suitable solid supports with patterned, covalently- linked gel such as poly(N-(5-azidoacetamidylpentyl)acrylamide-co-acrylamide) (PAZAM, see, for example, US Pub. No. 2013/184796, WO 2016/066586, and WO 2015-002813, each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety). The process creates gel pads used for sequencing that can be stable over sequencing runs with a large number of cycles. The covalent linking of the polymer to the wells is helpful for maintaining the gel in the structured features throughout the lifetime of the structured substrate during a variety of uses. However in many implementations, the gel need not be covalently linked to the wells. For example, in some conditions silane free acrylamide (SFA, see, for example, US Pat. No. 8,563,477, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety) which is not covalently attached to any part of the structured substrate, can be used as the gel material.
01771 In particular implementations, a structured substrate can be made by patterning a solid support material with wells (e.g. microwells or nanowells), coating the patterned support with a gel material (e.g. PAZAM, SFA or chemically modified variants thereof, such as the azidolyzed version of SFA (azido-SFA)) and polishing the gel coated support, for example via chemical or mechanical polishing, thereby retaining gel in the wells but removing or inactivating substantially all of the gel from the interstitial regions on the surface of the structured substrate between the wells. Primer nucleic acids can be attached to gel material. A solution of target nucleic acids (e.g. a fragmented human genome) can then be contacted with the polished substrate such that individual target nucleic acids will seed individual wells via interactions with primers attached to the gel IO material; however, the target nucleic acids will not occupy the interstitial regions due to absence or inactivity of the gel material. Amplification of the target nucleic acids will be confined to the wells since absence or inactivity of gel in the interstitial regions prevents outward migration of the growing nucleic acid colony. The process is conveniently manufacturable, being scalable and utilizing micro- or nano-fabrication methods.
[00178] The term “ flow cell” as used herein refers to a chamber comprising a solid surface across which one or more fluid reagents can be flowed. Examples of flow cells and related fluidic systems and detection platforms that can be readily used in the methods of the present disclosure are described, for example, in Bentley et al., Nature 456:53-59 (2008), WO 04/018497; US 7,057,026; WO 91/06678; WO 07/123744; US 7.329.492; US 7.211.414; US 7,315,019; US 7,405,281, and US 2008/0108082, each of which is incorporated herein by reference.
100179] Throughout this disclosure, the terms “P5” and “P7” are used when referring to amplification primers. It will be understood that any suitable amplification primers can be used in the methods presented herein, and that the use of P5 and P7 are exemplary implementations only. Uses of amplification primers such as P5 and P7 on flow cells is known in the art, as exemplified by the disclosures of WO 2007/010251, WO 2006/064 199, WO 2005/065814, WO 2015/106941, WO 1998/044151, and WO 2000/018957, each of which is incorporated by reference in its entirety. For example, any suitable forward amplification primer, whether immobilized or in solution, can be useful in the methods presented herein for hybridization to a complementary sequence and amplification of a sequence. Similarly, any suitable reverse amplification primer, whether immobilized or in solution, can be useful in the methods presented herein for hybridization to a complementary sequence and amplification of a sequence. One of skill in the art will understand how to design and use primer sequences that are suitable for capture, and amplification of nucleic acids as presented herein. poise] In some implementations, the flow cell has at least one nonpatterned surface and the clusters are unevenly scattered over the nonpatterned surface.
o1s1] In some implementations, density of the clusters ranges from about 100,000 clusters/mm’ to about 1,000,000 clusters/mm’. In other implementations, density of the clusters ranges from about 1,000,000 clusters/mm” to about 10,000,000 clasters/mm’. 100182] In one implementation, the preliminary center coordinates of the clusters determined by the base caller are defined in a template image of the tile. In some implementations, a pixel resolution, an image coordinate system, and measurement scales of the image coordinate system are same for the template image and the images. {001831 In another implementation, the technology disclosed relates to determining metadata about clusters on a tile of a flow cell. First, the technology disclosed accesses (1) a set of images of the tile captured during a sequencing run and (2) preliminary center coordinates of the clusters determined by a base caller. 100184] Then, for each image set, the technology disclosed obtains a base call classifying, as one of four bases, (1) origin subpixels that contain the preliminary center coordinates and (2) a predetermined neighborhood of contiguous subpixels that are successively contiguous to respective {5 ones of the origin subpixels. This produces a base call sequence for each of the origin subpixels and for each of the predetermined neighborhood of contiguous subpixels. The predetermined neighborhood of contiguous subpixels can be a m x n subpixel patch centered at subpixels containing the origin subpixels. In one implementation, the subpixel patch is 3 x 3 subpixels. In other implementations, the image patch can be of any size, sach as 5 x 5, 15 x 15, 20 x 20, and so on. In other implementations, the predetermined neighborhood of contiguous subpixels can be a n- connected subpixel neighborhood centered at subpixels containing the origin subpixels.
[00185] In one implementation, the technology disclosed identifies as background those subpixels in the cluster map that do not belong to any of the disjointed regions. 001861 Then, the technology disclosed generates a cluster map that identifies the clusters as disjointed regions of contiguous subpixels that: (a) are successively contiguous to at least some of the respective ones of the origin subpixels and (b) share a substantially matching base call sequence of the one of four bases with the at least some of the respective ones of the origin subpixels. 1001871 The technology disclosed then stores the cluster map in memory and determines the shapes and the sizes of the clusters based on the disjointed regions in the cluster map. In other implementations, centers of the clusters are also determined. Generating Training Data for Template Generator oo1881 Figure 15 is a block diagram that shows one implementation of generating training data that is used to train the neural network-based template generator 1512 and the neural network- based base caller 1514.
oo1s91 Figure 16 shows characteristics of the disclosed training examples used to train the neural network-based template generator 1512 and the neural network-based base caller 1514. Each training example corresponds to a tile and is labelled with a corresponding ground truth data representation. In some implementations, the ground truth data representation is a ground truth mask or a ground truth map that identifies the ground truth cluster metadata in the form of the ground truth decay map 1204, the ground truth ternary map 1304, or the ground truth binary map
1404. In some implementation, multiple training examples correspond to a same tile. oo1901 In one implementation, the technology disclosed relates to generating training data 1504 for neural network-based template generation and base calling. First, the technology disclosed accesses a multitude of images 198 of a flow cell 202 captured over a plurality of cycles of a sequencing run. The flow cell 202 has a plurality of tiles. In the multitude of images 108, each of the tiles has a sequence of image sets generated over the plurality of cycles. Each image in the sequence of image sets 108 depicts intensity emissions of clusters 302 and their surrounding background 304 on a particular one of the tiles at a particular one the cycles.
008] Then, a training set constructor 1502 constructs a training set 1504 that has a plurality of training examples. As shown in Figure 16, each training example corresponds to a particular one of the tiles and includes image data from at least some image sets in the sequence of image sets 1602 of the particular one of the tiles. In one implementation, the image data includes images in at least some image sets in the sequence of image sets 1602 of the particular one of the tiles. For example, the images can have a resolution of 1800 x 1800. In other implementations, it can be any resolution such as 100 x 100, 3000 x 3000, 10000 x 10000, and so on. In yet other implementations, the image data includes at least one image patch from each of the images. In one implementation, the image patch covers a portion of the particular one of the tiles. In one example, the image patch can have a resolution of 20 x 20. In other implementations, the image patch can have any resolution, such as 50 x 50, 70 x 70, 90 x 90, 100 x 100, 3000 x 3000, 10000 x 10000, and so on.
{001921 In some implementations, the image data includes an upsampled representation of the image patch. The upsampled representation can have a resolution of 80 x 80, for example. In other implementations, the upsampled representation can have any resolution, such as 50 x 50, 70 x 70, 90x90, 100 x 100, 3000 x 3000, 10000 x 10000, and so on.
(01931 In some implementations, multiple training examples correspond to a same particular one of the tiles and respectively include as image data different image patches from each image in each of at least some image sets in a sequence of image sets 1602 of the same particular one of the tiles. In such implementations, at least some of the different image patches overlap with each other.
{vo1s4] Then, a ground truth generator 1506 generates at least one ground truth data representation for each of the training examples. The ground truth data representation identifies at least one of spatial distribution of clusters and their surrounding background on the particular one of the tiles whose intensity emissions are depicted by the image data, including at least one of cluster shapes, cluster sizes, and/or cluster boundaries, and/or centers of the clusters. 100195] In one implementation, the ground truth data representation identifies the clusters as disjointed regions of contiguous subpixels, the centers of the clusters as centers of mass subpixels within respective ones of the disjointed regions, and their surrounding background as subpixels that do not belong to any of the disjointed regions. 001961 In one implementation, the ground truth data representation has an upsampled resolution of 80 x 80. In other implementations, the ground truth data representation can have any resolution, suchas 50 x 50, 70 x 70, 90 x 90, 100 x 100, 3000 x 3000, 10000 x 10000, and so on.
1001971 In one implementation, the ground truth data representation identifies each subpixel as either being a cluster center or a non-center. In another implementation, the ground truth data representation identifies each subpixel as either being cluster interior, cluster center, or surrounding background.
root981 In some implementations, the technology disclosed stores, in memory, the training examples in the training set 1504 and associated ground truth data 1508 as the training data 1504 for training the neural network-based template generator 1512 and the neural network-based base caller 1514. The training is operationalized by trainer 1510.
{001991 In some implementations, the technology disclosed generates the training data for a variety of flow cells, sequencing instruments, sequencing protocols, sequencing chemistries, sequencing reagents, and cluster densities.
Neural Network-Based Template Generator 2001 In an inference or production implementation, the technology disclosed uses peak detection and segmentation to determine cluster metadata. The technology disclosed processes input image data 1702 derived from a series of image sets 1602 through a neural network 1766 to generate an alternative representation 1708 of the input image data 1702. For example, an image set can be for a particular sequencing cycle and include four images, one for each image channel A, C, T, and G. Then, for a sequencing run with fifty sequencing cycles, there will be fifty such image sets, i.e, a total of 200 images. When arranged temporally, fifty image sets with four images-per image set would form the series of image sets 1602. In some implementations, image patches of a certain size are extracted from each image in the fifty image sets, forming fifty image patch sets with four image patches-per image patch set and, in one implementation, this is the input image data 1702. In other implementations, the input image data 1702 comprises image patch sets with four image patches-per image patch set for fewer than the fifty sequencing cycles, i.e, just one, two, three, fifteen, twenty sequencing cycles.
{ooz01] Figure 17 illustrates one implementation of processing input image data 1702 through the neural network-based template generator 1512 and generating an output value for each unit in an array. In one implementation, the array is a decay map 1716. In another implementation, the array is a ternary map 1718. In yet another implementation, the array is a binary map 1726. The array may therefore represent one or more properties of each of a plurality of locations represented in the input image data 1702. 002021 Different than training the template generator using structures in earlier figures, including the ground truth decay map 1204, the ground truth ternary map 1304, and the ground truth binary 1404, the decay map 1716, the ternary map 1718, and/or the binary map 1728 are generated by forward propagation of the trained neural network-based template generator 1512. The forward propagation can be during training or during inference. During the training, due to the backward propagation-based gradient update, the decay map 1716, the ternary map 1718, and the binary map 1720 (i.e, cumulatively the output 1714) progressively match or approach the ground truth decay map 1204, the ground truth ternary map 1384, and the ground truth binary map 1494, respectively.
1002931 The size of the image array analyzed during inference depends on the size of the input image data 1702 (e.g., be the same or an upscaled or downscaled version), according to one implementation. Each unit can represent a pixel, a subpixel, or a superpixel. The unit-wise output values of an array can characterize/represent/denote the decay map 1716, the ternary map 1718, or the binary map 1720. In some implementations, the input image data 1702 is also an array of units in the pixel, subpixel, or superpixel resolution. In such an implementation, the neural network- based template generator 1512 uses semantic segmentation techniques to produce an output value for each unit in the input array. Additional details about the input image data 1702 can be found in Figures 21b, 22, 23, and 24 and their discussion. [002041 In some implementations, the neural network-based template generator 1512 is a fully convolutional network, such as the one described in J. Long, E. Shelhamer, and T. Darrell, “Fully convolutional networks for semantic segmentation,” in CVPR, (2015), which is incorporated herein by reference. In other implementations, the neural network-based template generator 1512 is a U-Net network with skip connections between the decoder and the encoder between the decoder and the encoder, such as the one described in Ronneberger O, Fischer P, Brox T., “U-net: Convolutional networks for biomedical image segmentation,” Med. Image Comput. Comput. Assist. Interv. (2015), available at: http://link.springer.com/chapter/10.1007/978-3-319-24574- 4_28, which is incorporated herein by reference. The U-Net architecture resembles an autoencoder with two main sub-structures: 1) an encoder, which takes an input image and reduces its spatial resolution through multiple convolutional layers to create a representation encoding. 2) A decoder, which takes the representation encoding and increases spatial resolution back to produce a reconstructed image as output. The U-Net introduces two innovations to this architecture: First, the objective function is set to reconstruct a segmentation mask using a loss function; and second, the convolutional layers of the encoder are connected to the corresponding layers of the same resolution in the decoder using skip connections. In yet further implementations, the neural network-based template generator 1512 is a deep fully convolutional segmentation neural network with an encoder subnetwork and a corresponding decoder network. In such an implementation, the encoder subnetwork includes a hierarchy of encoders and the decoder subnetwork includes a hierarchy of decoders that map low resolution encoder feature maps to full input resolution feature maps. Additional details about segmentation networks can be found in Appendix entitled “Segmentation Networks”.
IO o20s1 In one implementation, the neural network-based template generator 1512 is a convolutional neural network. In another implementation, the neural network-based template generator 1512 is a recurrent neural network. In yet another implementation, the neural network- based template generator 1512 is a residual neural network with residual bocks and residual connections. In a further implementation, the neural network-based template generator 1512 is a combination of a convolutional neural network and a recurrent neural network.
002061 One skilled in the art will appreciate that the neural network-based template generator 1512 (i.e the neural network 1706 and/or the output layer 1710) can use various padding and striding configurations. It can use different output functions (e.g., classification or regression) and may or may not include one or more fully-connected layers. It can use 1D convolutions, 2D convolutions, 3D convolutions, 4D convolutions, 5D convolutions, dilated or atrous convolutions, transpose convolutions, depthwise separable convolutions, pointwise convolutions, 1 x 1 convolutions, group convolutions, flattened convolutions, spatial and cross-channel convolutions, shuffled grouped convolutions, spatial separable convolutions, and deconvolutions, It can use one or more loss fanctions such as logistic regression/log loss, multi-class cross-entropy/softmax loss, binary cross-entropy loss, mean-squared error loss, LI loss, 1.2 loss, smooth L1 loss, and Huber Joss. 1t can use any parallelism, efficiency, and compression schemes such TFRecords, compressed encoding (e.g., PNG), sharding, parallel calls for map transformation, batching, prefetching, model parallelism, data parallelism, and synchronous/asynchronous SGD. It can include upsampling layers, downsampling layers, recurrent connections, gates and gated memory units (like an LSTM or GRU), residual blocks, residual connections, highway connections, skip connections, peephole connections, activation functions (e.g., non-linear transformation functions like rectifying linear unit (ReLU), leaky ReLU, exponential liner unit (ELU), sigmoid and hyperbolic tangent (tanh)), batch normalization layers, regularization layers, dropout, pooling layers (e.g., max or average pooling), global average pooling layers, and attention mechanisms.
2071 In some implementations, each image in the sequence of image sets 1602 covers a tile and depicts intensity emissions of clusters on a tile and their surrounding background captured for a particular imaging channel at a particular one of a plurality of sequencing cycles of a sequencing run performed on a flow cell. In one implementation, the input image data 1702 includes at least one image patch from each of the images in the sequence of image sets 1602. In such an implementation, the image patch covers a portion of the tile. In one example, the image patch has a resolution of 20 x 20. In other cases, the resolution of the image patch can range from 20 x 20 to 10000 x 10000. In another implementation, the input image data 1702 includes an upsampled, subpixel resolution representation of the image patch from each of the images in the sequence of image sets 1602. In one example, the upsampled, subpixel representation has a resolution of 80 x
80. In other cases, the resolution of the upsampled, subpixel representation can range from 80 x 80 IO to 10000 x 10000. 100208] The input image data 1702 has an array of units 1704 that depicts clusters and their surrounding background. For example, an image set can be for a particular sequencing cycle and include four images, one for each image channel A, C, T, and G. Then, for a sequencing run with fifty sequencing cycles, there will be fifty such image sets, i.e., a total of 200 images. When arranged temporally, fifty image sets with four images-per image set would form the series of image sets 1602. In some implementations, image patches of a certain size are extracted from each image in the fifty image sets, forming fifty image patch sets with four image patches-per image patch set and, in one implementation, this is the input image data 1702. In other implementations, the input image data 1702 comprises image patch sets with four image patches-per image patch set for fewer than the fifty sequencing cycles, i.e., just one, two, three, fifteen, twenty sequencing cycles. The alternative representation is a feature map. The feature map can be a convolved feature or convolved representation when the neural network is a convolutional neural network. The feature map can be a hidden state feature or hidden state representation when the neural network is a recurrent neural network.
qeozes1 Then, the technology disclosed processes the alternative representation 1708 through an output layer 1710 to generate an output 1714 that has an output value 1712 for each unit in the array 1704. The output layer can be a classification layer such as softmax or sigmoid that produces unit-wise output values. In one implementation, the output layer is a ReLU layer or any other activation function layer that produces unit-wise output values.
100216] In one implementation, the units in the input image data 1702 are pixels and therefore pixel-wise output values 1712 are produced in the output 1714. In another implementation, the units in the input image data 1792 are subpixels and therefore subpixel-wise output values 1712 are produced in the output 1714. In yet another implementation, the units in the input image data 1702 are superpixels and therefore superpixel-wise output values 1712 are produced in the output 1714.
Deriving Cluster Metadata from Decay Map. Ternary Map, and/or Binary Map oo2111 Figure 18 shows one implementation of post-processing techniques that are applied to the decay map 1716, the ternary map 1718, or the binary map 1720 produced by the neural network- based template generator 1512 to derive cluster metadata, including cluster centers, cluster shapes, cluster sizes, cluster background, and/or cluster boundaries. In some implementations, the post- processing techniques are applied by a post-processor 1814 that further comprises a thresholder 1802, a peak locator 1806. and a segmenter 1810.
{002121 The input to the thresholder 1802 is the decay map 1716, the ternary map 1718, or the binary map 1720 produced by template generator 1512, such as the disclosed neural network-based IO template generator. In one implementation, the thresholder 1802 applies thresholding on the values in the decay map. the ternary map, or the binary map to identify background units 1804 (i.e, subpixels characterizing non-cluster background).) and non-background units. Said differently, once the output 1714 is produced, the thresholder 1802 thresholds output values of the units 1712 and classifies, or can reclassify a first subset of the units 1712 as “background units” 1804 depicting the surrounding background of the clusters and “non-background units” depicting units that potentially belong to clusters. The threshold value applied by the thresholder 1802 can be preset.
{002131 The input to the peak locator 1806 is also the decay map 1716, the ternary map 1718, or the binary map 1720 produced by the neural network-based template generator 1512. In one implementation, the peak locator 1806 applies peak detection on the values in the decay map 1716, the ternary map 1718, or the binary map 1726 to identify center units 1808 (i.e, center subpixels characterizing cluster centers). Said differently, the peak locator 1806 processes the output values of the units 1712 in the output 1714 and classifies a second subset of the units 1712 as “center units” 1808 containing centers of the clusters. In some implementations, the centers of the clusters detected by the peak locator 1806 are also the centers of mass of the clusters. The center units 1808 are then provided to the segmenter 1810. Additional details about the peak locator 1806 can be found in the Appendix entitled “Peak Detection”.
100214] The thresholding and the peak detection can be done in parallel or one after the other. That is, they are not dependent on each other.
100215] The input to the segmenter 1810 is also the decay map 1716, the ternary map 1718, or the binary map 1720 produced by the neural network-based template generator 1512. Additional supplemental input to the segmenter 1810 comprises the thresholded units (background, non- background) 1804 identified by the thresholder 1802 and the center units 1808 identified by the peak locator 1806. The segmenter 1810 uses the background, non-background 1804 and the center units 1808 to identify disjointed regions 1812 (i.e, non-overlapping groups of contiguous cluster/cluster interior subpixels characterizing clusters). Said differently, the segmenter 1810 processes the output values of the units 1712 in the output 1714 and uses the background, non- background units 1804 and the center units 1808 to determine shapes 1812 of the clusters as non- overlapping regions of contiguous units separated by the background units 1894 and centered at the center units 1808. The output of the segmenter 1819 is cluster metadata 1812. The cluster metadata 1812 identifies cluster centers, cluster shapes, cluster sizes, cluster background, and/or cluster boundaries. 002161 In one implementation, the segmenter 1810 begins with the center units 1808 and determines, for each center unit, a group of successively contiguous units that depict a same cluster whose center of mass is contained in the center unit. In one implementation, the segmenter 1810 uses a so-called “watershed” segmentation technique to subdivide contiguous clusters into multiple adjoining clusters at a valley in intensity. Additional details about the watershed segmentation technique and other segmentation techniques can be found in Appendix entitled “Watershed Segmentation”.
[00217] In one implementation, the output values of the units 1712 in the output 1714 are continuous values, such as the one encoded in the ground truth decay map 1204. In another implementation, the output values are softmax scores, such as the one encoded in the ground truth ternary map 1304 and the ground truth binary map 1404. In the ground truth decay map 1204, according to one implementation, the contiguous units in the respective ones of the non- overlapping regions have output values weighted according to distance of a contiguous unit from a center unit in a non-overlapping region to which the contiguous unit belongs. In such an implementation, the center units have highest output values within the respective ones of the non- overlapping regions. As discussed above, during the training, due to the backward propagation- based gradient update, the decay map 1716, the ternary map 1718, and the binary map 1720 (i.e., cumulatively the output 1714) progressively match or approach the ground truth decay map 1204, the ground truth ternary map 1304, and the ground truth binary map 1404, respectively. Pixel Domain — Intensity Extraction from Irregular Cluster Shapes {002181 The discussion now turns to how cluster shapes determined by the technology disclosed can be used to extract intensity of the clusters. Since clusters typically have irregular shapes and contours, the technology disclosed can be used to identify which subpixels contribute to the irregularly shaped disjointed/non-overlapping regions that represent the cluster shapes. {002191 Figure 19 depicts one implementation of extracting cluster intensity in the pixel domain. “Template image” or “template” can refer to a data structure that contains or identifies the cluster metadata 1812 derived from the decay map 1716, the ternary map 1718, and/or the binary map
1718. The cluster metadata 1812 identifies cluster centers, cluster shapes, cluster sizes, cluster background, and/or cluster boundaries.
002201 In some implementations, the template image is in the upsampled, subpixel domain to distinguish the cluster boundaries at a fine-grained level. However, the sequencing images 108, which contain the cluster and background intensity data, are typically in the pixel domain. Thus, the technology disclosed proposes two approaches to use the cluster shape information encoded in the template image in the upsampled, subpixel resolution to extract intensities of the irregularly shaped clusters from the optical, pixel-resolution sequencing images. In the first approach, depicted in Figure 19, the non-overlapping groups of contiguous subpixels identified in the template image are located in the pixel resolution sequencing images and their intensities extracted via interpolation. Additional details about this intensity extraction technique can be found in IO Figure 33 and its discussion. 100221] In one implementation, when the non-overlapping regions have irregular contours and the units are subpixels, the cluster intensity 1912 of a given cluster is determined by an intensity extractor 1902 as follows. 2221 First, a subpixel locator 1904 identifies subpixels that contribute to the cluster intensity of the given cluster based on a corresponding non-overlapping region of contiguous subpixels that identifies a shape of the given cluster. {002231 Then, the subpixel locator 1964 locates the identified subpixels in one or more optical, pixel-resolution images 1918 generated for one or more imaging channels at a current sequencing cycle. In one implementation, integer or non-integer coordinates (e.g., floating points) are located in the optical, pixel-resolution images, after a downscaling based on a downscaling factor that matches an upsampling factor used to create the subpixel domain.
[00224] Then, an interpolator and subpixel intensity combiner 1906, intensities of the identified subpixels in the images processed, combines the interpolated intensities, and normalizes the combined interpolated intensities to produce a per-image cluster intensity for the given cluster in each of the images. The normalization is performed by a normalizer 1908 and is based on a normalization factor. In one implementation, the normalization factor is a number of the identified subpixels. This is done to normalize/account for different cluster sizes and uneven illuminations that clusters receive depending on their location on the flow cell. 100225] Finally, a cross-channel subpixel intensity accumulator 1910 combines the per-image cluster intensity for each of the images to determine the cluster intensity 1912 of the given cluster at the current sequencing cycle. 002261 Then, the given cluster is base called based on the cluster intensity 1912 at the current sequencing cycle by any one of the base callers discussed in this application, yielding base calls
1916. 2271 ln some implementations though, when the cluster sizes are large enough, the output of the neural network-based base caller 1514, i.e., the decay map 1716, the ternary map 1718, and the binary map 1720 are in the optical, pixel domain.
Accordingly, in such implementations, the template image is also in the optical, pixel domain.
Subpixel Domain — Intensity Extraction from Irregular Cluster Shapes 1002281 Figure 20 depicts the second approach of extracting cluster intensity in the subpixel domain.
In this second approach, the sequencing images in the optical, pixel-resolution are upsampled into the subpixel resolution.
This results in correspondence between the “cluster shape depicting subpixels” in the template image and the “cluster intensity depicting subpixels” in the upsampled sequencing images.
The cluster intensity is then extracted based on the correspondence.
Additional details about this intensity extraction technique can be found in Figure 33 and its discussion. 100229] In one implementation, when the non-overlapping regions have irregular contours and the units are subpixels, the cluster intensity 2012 of a given cluster is determined by an intensity extractor 2002 as follows. 100236] First, a subpixel locator 2004 identifies subpixels that contribute to the cluster intensity of the given cluster based on a corresponding non-overlapping region of contiguous subpixels that identifies a shape of the given cluster. oo231] Then, the subpixel locator 2004 locates the identified subpixels in one or more subpixel resolution images 2018 upsampled from corresponding optical, pixel-resolution images 1918 generated for one or more imaging channels at a current sequencing cycle.
The upsampling can be performed by nearest neighbor intensity extraction, Gaussian based intensity extraction, intensity extraction based on average of 2 x 2 subpixel area, intensity extraction based on brightest of 2 x 2 subpixel area, intensity extraction based on average of 3 x 3 subpixel area, bilinear intensity extraction, bicubic intensity extraction, and/or intensity extraction based on weighted area coverage.
These techniques are described in detail in Appendix entitled “Intensity Extraction
Methods”. The template image can, in some implementations, serve as a mask for intensity extraction. {002321 Then, a subpixel intensity combiner 2006, in each of the upsampled images, combines intensities of the identified subpixels and normalizes the combined intensities to produce a per- image cluster intensity for the given cluster in each of the upsampled images.
The normalization is performed by a normalizer 2008 and is based on a normalization factor.
In one implementation, the normalization factor is a number of the identified subpixels.
This is done to normalize/account for different cluster sizes and uneven illuminations that clusters receive depending on their location on the flow cell. {002331 Finally, a cross-channel, subpixel-intensity accumulator 2010 combines the per-image cluster intensity for each of the upsampled images to determine the cluster intensity 2012 of the given cluster at the current sequencing cycle.
{002341 Then, the given cluster is base called based on the cluster intensity 2012 at the current sequencing cycle by any one of the base callers discussed in this application, yielding base calls
2016. Types of Neural Network-Based Template Generators 100235] The discussion now turns to details of three different implementations of the neural network-based template generator 1512. There are shown in Figure 21a and include: (1) the decay map-based template generator 2600 (also called the regression model), (2) the binary map-based template generator 4600 (also called the binary classification model), and (3) the ternary map- based template generator 5400 (also called the ternary classification model).
02361 In one implementation, the regression model 2600 is a fully convolutional network. In another implementation, the regression model 2600 is a U-Net network with skip connections between the decoder and the encoder. In one implementation, the binary classification model 4600 is a fully convolutional network. In another implementation, the binary classification model 4600 is a U-Net network with skip connections between the decoder and the encoder. In one implementation, the ternary classification model 5409 is a fully convolutional network. In another implementation, the ternary classification model 5400 is a U-Net network with skip connections between the decoder and the encoder.
Input Image Data {002371 Figure 21b depicts one implementation of the input image data 1702 that is fed as input to the neural network-based template generator 1512. The input image data 1702 comprises a series of image sets 2100 with the sequencing images 108 that are generated during a certain number of initial sequences cycles of a sequencing run (e.g., the first 2 to 7 sequencing cycles).
(2381 In some implementations, intensities of the sequencing images 108 are corrected for background and/or aligned with each other using affine transformation. In one implementation, the sequencing run utilizes four-channel chemistry and each image set has four images. In another implementation, the sequencing run utilizes two-channel chemistry and each image set has two images. In yet another implementation, the sequencing run utilizes one-channel chemistry and each image set has two images. In yet other implementations, each image set has only one image. These and other different implementations are described in Appendices 6 and 9.
100239] Each image 2116 in the series of image sets 2100 covers a tile 2104 of a flow cell 2102 and depicts intensity emissions of clusters 2106 on the tile 2104 and their surrounding background captured for a particular image channel at a particular one of a plurality of sequencing cycles of the sequencing run. In one example, for cycle 77, the image set includes four images 2112A, 2112C, 2112T, and 2112G: one image for each base A, C, T, and G labeled with a corresponding fluorescent dye and imaged in a corresponding wavelength band (image/imaging channel).
{002491 For illustration purposes, in image 2112G, Figure 21b depicts cluster intensity emissions as 2108 and background intensity emissions as 2110. In another example, for cycle 77, the image set also includes four images 2114A, 2114C, 2114T, and 2114G: one image for each base A, C.T, and G labeled with a corresponding fluorescent dye and imaged in a corresponding wavelength band (image/imaging channel). Also for illustration purposes, in image 2114A, Figure 21b depicts cluster intensity emissions as 2118 and, in image 2114T, depicts background intensity emissions as
2120. oo2411 The input image data 1702 is encoded using intensity channels (also called imaged channels). For each of the c images obtained from the sequencer for a particular sequencing cycle, a separate imaged channel is used to encode its intensity signal data. Consider, for example, that the sequencing run uses the 2-channel chemistry which produces a red image and a green image at each sequencing cycle. In such a case, the input data 2632 comprises (i) a first red imaged channel with w x 4 pixels that depict intensity emissions of the one or more clusters and their surrounding background captured in the red image and (11) a second green imaged channel with w x h pixels that depict intensity emissions of the one or more clusters and their surrounding background captured in the green image. {002421 In another implementation, image data is not used as input to the neural network-based template generator 1512 or the neural network-based base caller 1514. Instead, the input to the neural network-based template generator 1512 and the neural network-based base caller 1514 is based on pH changes induced by the release of hydrogen ions during molecule extension. The pH changes are detected and converted to a voltage change that is proportional to the number of bases incorporated (e.g., in the case of lon Torrent).
[00243] In yet another implementation, the input to the neural network-based template generator 1512 and the neural network-based base caller 1514is constructed from nanopore sensing that uses biosensors to measure the disruption in current as an analyte passes through a nanopore or near its aperture while determining the identity of the base. For example, the Oxford Nanopore Technologies (ONT) sequencing is based on the following concept: pass a single strand of DNA (or RNA) through a membrane via a nanopore and apply a voltage difference across the membrane. The nucleotides present in the pore will affect the pore’s electrical resistance, so current measurements over time can indicate the sequence of DNA bases passing through the pore. This electrical current signal (the ‘squiggle’ due to its appearance when plotted) is the raw data gathered by an ONT sequencer. These measurements are stored as 16-bit integer data acquisition (DAC) values, taken at 4kHz frequency (for example). With a DNA strand velocity of ~450 base pairs per second, this gives approximately nine raw observations per base on average. This signal is then processed to identify breaks in the open pore signal corresponding to individual reads. These stretches of raw signal are base called — the process of converting DAC values into a sequence of
DNA bases. In some implementations, the input data 2632 comprises normalized or scaled DAC values. Patch Extraction 100244] Figure 22 shows one implementation of extracting patches from the series of image sets 2100 in Figure 21b to produce a series of “down-sized” image sets that form the input image data
1702. In the illustrated implementation, the sequencing images 108 in the series of image sets 2100 are of size L x L {e.g., 2000 x 2000). In other implementations, L is any number ranging from 1 and 10,000.
002451 In one implementation, a patch extractor 2202 extracts patches from the sequencing images IO 108 in the series of image sets 2100 and produces a series of down-sized image sets 2206, 2208, 2216, and 2212. Each image in the series of down-sized image sets is a patch of size Mx M (e.g, 20 x 20) that is extracted from a corresponding sequencing image in the series of image sets 2160. The size of the patches can be preset. In other implementations, M is any number ranging from | and 1000.
100246] In Figure 22, four example series of down-sized image sets are shown. The first example series of down-sized image sets 2206 is extracted from coordinates 0,0 to 20,20 in the sequencing images 108 in the series of image sets 2100. The second example series of down-sized image sets 2208 is extracted from coordinates 20,20 to 40,40 in the sequencing images 108 in the series of image sets 2100. The third example series of down-sized image sets 2219 is extracted from coordinates 40,40 to 60,60 in the sequencing images 108 in the series of image sets 2100. The fourth example series of down-sized image sets 2212 is extracted from coordinates 60,60 to 80,80 in the sequencing images 108 in the series of image sets 2100.
[00247] In some implementations, the series of down-sized image sets form the input image data 1702 that is fed as input to the neural network-based template generator 1512. Multiple series of down-sized image sets can be simultaneously fed as an input batch and a separate output can be produced for each series in the input batch.
Upsampling 100248] Figure 23 depicts one implementation of upsampling the series of image sets 2160 in Figure 21b to produce a series of “upsampled” image sets 2300 that forms the input image data
1702.
[00249] In one implementation, an upsampler 2302 uses interpolation (e.g., bicubic interpolation) to upsample the sequencing images 108 in the series of image sets 2100 by an upsampling factor (e.g., 4x) and the series of upsampled image sets 2300.
002301 In the illustrated implementation, the sequencing images 108 in the series of image sets 2160 are of size L x L (e.g., 2000 x 2000) and are upsampled by an upsampling factor of four to produce upsampled images of size UU x U (e.g., 8000 x 8000) in the series of upsampled image sets
2300. 00251] In one implementation, the sequencing images 108 in the series of image sets 2100 are fed directly to the neural network-based template generator 1512 and the upsampling is performed by an initial layer of the neural network-based template generator 1512. That is, the upsampler 2302 is part of the neural network-based template generator 1512 and operates as its first layer that upsamples the sequencing images 108 in the series of image sets 2100 and produces the series of upsampled image sets 2300. 002521 In some implementations, the series of upsampled image sets 2300 forms the input image data 1702 that is fed as input to the neural network-based template generator 1512. 100253] Figure 24 shows one implementation of extracting patches from the series of upsampled image sets 2300 in Figure 23 to produce a series of “upsampled and down-sized” image sets 2406, 2408, 2410, and 2412 that form the input image data 1702. 00254] In one implementation, the patch extractor 2202 extracts patches from the upsampled images in the series of apsampled image sets 2300 and produces series of upsampled and down- sized image sets 2406, 2408, 2410, and 2412. Each upsampled image in the series of upsampled and down-sized image sets is a patch of size M x M (e.g., 80 x 80) that is extracted from a corresponding upsampled image in the series of upsampled image sets 2300. The size of the patches can be preset. In other implementations, M is any number ranging from 1 and 1000.
1002551 In Figure 24, four example series of upsampled and down-sized image sets are shown. The first example series of upsampled and down-sized image sets 2406 is extracted from coordinates 0,0 to 80,80 in the upsampled images in the series of upsampled image sets 2300. The second example series of upsampled and down-sized image sets 2408 is extracted from coordinates 80,80 to 160,160 in the upsampled images in the series of upsampled image sets 2309. The third example series of upsampled and down-sized image sets 2410 is extracted from coordinates 160,160 to 240,240 in the upsampled images in the series of upsampled image sets 2300. The fourth example series of upsampled and down-sized image sets 2412 is extracted from coordinates 240,240) to 320,320 in the upsampled images in the series of upsampled image sets 2300. 100256] In some implementations, the series of upsampled and down-sized image sets form the input image data 1702 that is fed as input to the neural network-based template generator 1512. Multiple series of upsampled and down-sized image sets can be simultaneously fed as an input batch and a separate output can be produced for each series in the input batch.
Output 002571 The three models are trained to produce different outputs. This is achieved by using different types of ground truth data representations as training labels. The regression model 2600 is trained to produce output that characterizes/represents/denotes a so-called “decay map” 1716. The binary classification model 4600 is trained to produce output that characterizes/represents/denotes a so-called “binary map” 1720. The ternary classification model 5400 is trained to produce output that characterizes/represents/denotes a so-called “ternary map” 1718. 1002581 The output 1714 of each type of model comprises an array of units 1712. The units 1712 can be pixels, subpixels, or superpixels. The output of each type of model includes unit-wise output values, such that the output values of an array of units together characterize/represent/denote the decay map 1716 in the case of the regression model 2600, the binary map 1720 in the case of the binary classification model 4600, and the ternary map 1718 in the case of the ternary classification model 5400. More details follow.
Ground Truth Data Generation 100259] Figure 25 illustrates one implementation of an overall example process of generating ground truth data for training the neural network-based template generator 1512. For the regression model 2600, the ground truth data can be the decay map 1204. For the binary classification model 4600, the ground truth data can be the binary map 1404. For the ternary classification model 5400, the ground trath data can be the ternary map 1304. The ground truth data is generated from the cluster metadata. The cluster metadata is generated by the cluster metadata generator 122. The ground truth data is generated by the ground truth data generator 1506.
002601 In the illustrated implementation, the ground truth data is generated for tile A that is on lane A of flow cell A, The ground truth data is generated from the sequencing images 108 of tile A captured daring sequencing run A. The sequencing images 198 of tile A are in the pixel domain. In one example involving 4-channel chemistry that generates four sequencing images per sequencing cycle, two hundred sequencing images 108 for fifty sequencing cycles are accessed. Each of the two hundred sequencing images 108 depicts intensity emissions of clusters on tile A and their surrounding background captured in a particular image channel at a particular sequencing cycle.
26 The subpixel addresser 110 converts the sequencing images 108 into the subpixel domain (e.g., by dividing each pixel into a plurality of subpixels) and produces sequencing images 112 in the subpixel domain.
100262] The base caller 114 (e.g., RTA) then processes the sequencing images 112 in the subpixel domain and produces a base call for each subpixel and for each of the fifty sequencing cycles. This is referred to herein as “subpixel base calling”.
[00263] The subpixel base calls 116 are then merged to produce, for each subpixel, a base call sequence across the fifty sequencing cycles. Each subpixel’s base call sequence has fifty base calls, i.e., one base call for each of the fifty sequencing cycles.
002641 The searcher 118 evaluates base call sequences of contiguous subpixels on a pair-wise basis. The search involves evaluating each subpixel to determine with which of its contiguous subpixels it shares a substantially matching base call sequence. Base call sequences of contiguous subpixels are “substantially matching” when a predetermined portion of base calls match on an ordinal position-wise basis (e.g., >=41 matches in 45 cycles, <=4 mismatches in 45 cycles, <=4 mismatches in 50 cycles, or <=2 mismatches in 34 cycles).
1002651 In some implementations, the base caller 114 also identifies preliminary center coordinates of the clusters. Subpixels that contain the preliminary center coordinates are referred to as center or origin subpixels. Some example preliminary center coordinates {604a-c) identified by the base caller 114 and corresponding origin subpixels (606a-c) are shown in Figure 6. However, identification of the origin subpixels (preliminary center coordinates of the clusters) is not needed, as explained below. In some implementations, the searcher 118 uses a breadth-first search for identifying substantially matching base call sequences of the subpixels by beginning with the origin subpixels 606a-c and continuing with successively contiguous non-origin subpixels 702a-c. This again is optional, as explained below.
[00266] The search for substantially matching base call sequences of the subpixels does not need identification of the origin subpixels (preliminary center coordinates of the clusters) because the search can be done for all the subpixels and the search does not have to start from the origin subpixels and instead can start from any subpixel (e.g., 0,0 subpixel or any random subpixel). Thus, since each subpixel is evaluated to determine whether it shares a substantially matching base call sequence with another contiguous subpixel, the search does not have to utilize the origin subpixels and can start with any subpixel.
100267 Irrespective of whether origin subpixels are used or not, certain clusters are identified that do not contain the origin subpixels (preliminary center coordinates of the clusters) predicted by the base caller 114. Some examples of clusters identified by the merging of the subpixel base calls and not containing an origin subpixel are clusters 812a, 812b, 812c, 812d, and 812e in Figure 8a. Therefore, use of the base caller 114 for identification of origin subpixels (preliminary center coordinates of the clusters) is optional and not essential for the search of substantially matching base call sequences of the subpixels.
{002681 The searcher 118: (1) identifies contiguous subpixels with substantially matching base call sequences as so-called “disjointed regions”, (2) further evaluates base call sequences of those subpixels that do not belong to any of the disjointed regions already identified at (1) to yield additional disjointed regions, and (3) then identifies background subpixels as those subpixels that do not belong to any of the disjointed regions already identified at (1) and (2). Action (2) allows the technology disclosed to identify additional or extra clusters for which the centers are not identified by the base caller 114.
002691 The results of the searcher 118 are encoded in a so-called “cluster map” of tile A and stored in the cluster map data store 120. In the cluster map, each of the clusters on tile A are identified by a respective disjointed region of contiguous subpixels, with background subpixels separating the disjointed regions to identify the surrounding background on tile A. 100270] The center of mass (COM) calculator 1004 determines a center for each of the clusters on tile A by calculating a COM of each of the disjointed regions as an average of coordinates of respective contiguous subpixels forming the disjointed regions. The centers of mass of the clusters are stored as COM data 2502. [002711 A subpixel categorizer 2504 uses the cluster map and the COM data 2582 to produce subpixel categorizations 2566. The subpixel categorizations 2506 classify subpixels in the cluster map as (1) backgrounds subpixels, (2) COM subpixels (one COM subpixel for each disjointed region containing the COM of the respective disjointed region), and (3) cluster/cluster interior subpixels forming the respective disjointed regions. That is, each subpixel in the cluster map is assigned one of the three categories. 100272] Based on the subpixel categorizations 2506, in some implementations, (i) the ground truth decay map 1204 is produced by the ground truth decay map generator 1202, (ii) the ground truth binary map 1304 is produced by the ground truth binary map generator 1302, and (iii) the ground truth ternary map 1404 is produced by the ground truth ternary map generator 1402.
1. Regression Model 002731 Figure 26 illustrates one implementation of the regression model 2608. In the illustrated implementation, the regression model 2600 is a fully convolutional network 2602 that processes the input image data 1792 through an encoder subnetwork and a corresponding decoder subnetwork. The encoder subnetwork includes a hierarchy of encoders. The decoder subnetwork includes a hierarchy of decoders that map low resolution encoder feature maps to a full input resolution decay map 1716. In another implementation, the regression model 2600 is a U-Net network 2604 with skip connections between the decoder and the encoder. Additional details about the segmentation networks can be found in the Appendix entitled “Segmentation Networks”. Decay Map {00274 Figure 27 depicts one implementation of generating a ground truth decay map 1204 from a cluster map 2702. The ground truth decay map 1204 is used as ground truth data for training the regression model 2600. In the ground truth decay map 1204, the ground truth decay map generator 1202 assigns a weighted decay value to each contiguous subpixel in the disjointed regions based on a weighted decay factor. The weighted decay value is proportional to Euclidean distance of a contiguous subpixel from a center of mass (COM) subpixel in a disjointed region to which the contiguous subpixel belongs, such that the weighted decay value is highest (e.g., 1 or 100) for the COM subpixel and decreases for subpixels further away from the COM subpixel. In some implementations, the weighted decay value is multiplied by a preset factor, such as 100.
002751 Further, the ground truth decay map generator 1202 assigns all background subpixels a same predetermine value (e.g., a minimalist background value). 100276] The ground truth decay map 1204 expresses the contiguous subpixels in the disjointed regions and the background subpixels based on the assigned values.
The ground truth decay map 1204 also stores the assigned values in an array of units, with each unit in the array representing a corresponding subpixel in the input.
Training oo2771 Figure 28 is one implementation of training 2800 the regression model 2600 using a backpropagation-based gradient update technique that modifies parameters of the regression model 2600 until the decay map 1716 produced by the regression model 2600 as training output during the training 2800 progressively approaches or matches the ground truth decay map 1204. 100278] The training 2800 includes iteratively optimizing a loss function that minimizes error 2806 between the decay map 1716 and the ground truth decay map 1204, and updating parameters of the regression model 2600 based on the error 2806. In one implementation, the loss function is mean squared error and the error is minimized on a subpixel-by-subpixel basis between weighted decay values of corresponding subpixels in the decay map 1716 and the ground truth decay map 1204. {002791 The training 2800 includes hundreds, thousands, and/or millions of iterations of forward propagation 2808 and backward propagation 2819, including parallelization techniques such as batching.
The training data 1504 includes, as the input image data 1702, a series of upsampled and down-sized image sets.
The training data 1504 is annotated with ground truth labels by an annotator 2806. The training 2800 is operationalized by the trainer 1510 using a stochastic gradient update algorithm such as ADAM.
Inference ro02801 Figure 29 is one implementation of template generation by the regression model 2690 during inference 2900 in which the decay map 1716 is produced by the regression model 2600 as the inference output during the inference 2900. One example of the decay map 1716 is disclosed in the Appendix titled “Regression_Model_Sample_Ouput”. The Appendix includes unit-wise weighted decay output values 2910 that together represent the decay map 1716. 100281] The inference 2900 includes hundreds, thousands, and/or millions of iterations of forward propagation 2904, including parallelization techniques such as batching.
The inference 2990 is performed on inference data 2908 that includes, as the input image data 1702, a series of upsampled and down-sized image sets.
The inference 2999 is operationalized by a tester 2906. Watershed Segmentation {002821 Figure 30 illustrates one implementation of subjecting the decay map 1716 to (i) thresholding to identify background subpixels characterizing cluster background and to (ii) peak detection to identify center subpixels characterizing cluster centers.
The thresholding is performed by the thresholder 1802 that uses a local threshold binary to produce binarized output. The peak detection is performed by the peak locator 1806 to identify the cluster centers. Additional details about the peak locator can be found in the Appendix entitled “Peak Detection”.
[00283] Figure 31 depicts one implementation of a watershed segmentation technique that takes as input the background subpixels and the center subpixels respectively identified by the thresholder 1802 and the peak locator 1806, finds valleys in intensity between adjoining clusters, and outputs non-overlapping groups of contiguous cluster/cluster interior subpixels characterizing the clusters.
Additional details about the watershed segmentation technique can be found in the Appendix entitled “Watershed Segmentation”.
(o284] In one implementation, a watershed segmenter 3102 takes as input (1) negativized output values 2910 in the decay map 1716, (2) binarized output of the thresholder 1802, and (3) cluster centers identified by the peak locator 1806. Then, based on the input, the watershed segmenter 3102 produces output 3104. In the output 3104, each cluster center is identified as a unique set/group of subpixels that belong to the cluster center (as long as the subpixels are “1” in the binary output, i.e, not background subpixels). Further, the clusters are filtered based on containing at least four subpixels. The watershed segmenter 3102 can be part of the segmenter 1818, which in turn is part of the post-processor 1814.
Network Architecture {002851 Figure 32 is a table that shows an example U-Net architecture of the regression model 2600, along with details of the layers of the regression model 2600, dimensionality of the output of the layers, magnitude of the model parameters, and interconnections between the layers. Similar details are disclosed in the file titled “Regression_Model_Example_Architecture”, which is submitted as an appendix to this application.
Cluster Intensity Extraction ose Figure 33 illustrates different approaches of extracting cluster intensity using cluster shape information identified in a template image. As discussed above, the template image identifies the cluster shape information in the upsampled, subpixel resolution. However, the cluster intensity information is in the sequencing images 108, which are typically in the optical, pixel-resolution. 1002871 According to a first approach, coordinates of the subpixels are located in the sequencing images 108 and their respective intensities extracted using bilinear interpolation and normalized based on a count of the subpixels that contribute to a cluster.
1002881 The second approach uses a weighted area coverage technique to modulate the intensity of a pixel according to a number of subpixels that contribute to the pixel. Here too, the modulated pixel intensity is normalized by a subpixel count parameter.
{002891 The third approach upsamples the sequencing images into the subpixel domain using bicubic interpolation, sums the intensity of the upsampled pixels belonging to a cluster, and normalizes the summed intensity based on a count of the upsampled pixels that belong to the cluster. Experimental Results and Observations 100200] Figure 34 shows different approaches of base calling using the outputs of the regression model 2600. In the first approach, the cluster centers identified from the output of the neural network-based template generator 1512 in the template image are fed to a base caller (e.g., Iltumina’s Real-Time Analysis software, referred to herein as “RTA base caller”) for base calling. {voz91] In the second approach, instead of the cluster centers, the cluster intensities extracted from the sequencing images based on the cluster shape information in the template image are fed to the RTA base caller for base calling. 100292] Figure 35 illustrates the difference in base calling performance when the RTA base caller uses ground truth center of mass (COM) location as the cluster center, as opposed to using a non- COM location as the cluster center. The results show that using COM improves base calling. Example Model Outputs (002937 Figure 36 shows, on the left, an example decay map 1716 produced by the regression model 2600. On the right, Figure 36 also shows an example ground truth decay map 1204 that the regression model 2608 approximates during the training. {002941 Both the decay map 1716 and the ground truth decay map 1204 depict clusters as disjointed regions of contiguous subpixels, the centers of the clusters as center subpixels at centers of mass of the respective ones of the disjointed regions, and their surrounding background as background subpixels not belonging to any of the disjointed regions.
[00295] Also, the contiguous subpixels in the respective ones of the disjointed regions have values weighted according to distance of a contiguous subpixel from a center subpixel in a disjointed region to which the contiguous subpixel belongs. In one implementation, the center subpixels have the highest values within the respective ones of the disjointed regions. In one implementation, the background subpixels all have a same minimalist background value within a decay map. {002961 Figure 37 portrays one implementation of the peak locator 1806 identifying cluster centers in a decay map by detecting peaks 3702. Additional details about the peak locator can be found in the Appendix entitled “Peak Detection”. 100297] Figure 38 compares peaks detected by the peak locator 1806 in the decay map 1716 produced by the regression model 2600 with peaks in a corresponding ground truth decay map
1204. The red markers are peaks predicted by the regression model 2600 as cluster centers and the green markers are the ground truth centers of mass of the clusters.
More Experimental Results and Observations {002981 Figure 39 illustrates performance of the regression model 2608 using precision and recall statistics. The precision and recall statistics demonstrate that the regression model 2600 is good at recovering all identified cluster centers.
100299] Figure 40 compares performance of the regression model 2600 with the RTA base caller for 20pM library concentration (normal run). Outperforming the RTA base caller, the regression model 2600 identifies 34, 323 (4.46%) more clusters in a higher cluster density environment (i.e.,
988.884 clusters).
00300] Figure 40 also shows results for other sequencing metrics such as number of clusters that pass the chastity filter (“% PF” (pass-filter)), number of aligned reads (“% Aligned”), number of duplicate reads (“% Duplicate”), number of reads mismatching the reference sequence for all reads aligned to the reference sequence (“% Mismatch”), bases called with quality score 30 and above (“% Q30 bases”), and so on. i301] Figure 41 compares performance of the regression model 2600 with the RTA base caller for 30pM library concentration (dense run). Outperforming the RTA base caller, the regression model 2600 identifies 34, 323 (6.27%) more clusters in a much higher cluster density environment (i.e., 1,351,588 clusters). {003021 Figure 41 also shows results for other sequencing metrics such as number of clusters that pass the chastity filter (“% PF” (pass-filter)), number of aligned reads (“% Aligned”), number of duplicate reads (“% Duplicate”), namber of reads mismatching the reference sequence for all reads aligned to the reference sequence (“% Mismatch”), bases called with quality score 30 and above (°% Q30 bases”), and so on. 303] Figure 42 compares number of non-duplicate (unique or deduplicated) proper read pairs, i.e., the number of paired reads that have both reads aligned inwards within a reasonable distance detected by the regression model 2600 versus the same detected by the RTA base caller. The comparison is made both for the 20pM normal run and the 30pM dense run. {003041 More importantly, Figure 42 shows that the disclosed neural network-based template generators are able to detect more clusters in fewer sequencing cycles of input to template generation than the RTA base caller. In just four sequencing cycles, the regression model 2600 identifies 11% more non-duplicate proper read pairs than the RTA base caller during the 20pM normal run and 33% more non-duplicate proper read pairs than the RTA base caller during the 30pM dense run. In just seven sequencing cycles, the regression model 2660 identifies 4.5% more non-duplicate proper read pairs than the RTA base caller during the 20pM normal run and 6.3% more non-duplicate proper read pairs than the RTA base caller during the 30pM dense run. {003051 Figure 43 shows, on the right, a first decay map produced by the regression model 2600. The first decay map identifies clusters and their surrounding background imaged during the 20pM normal run, along with their spatial distribution depicting cluster shapes, cluster sizes, and cluster centers. 100306] On the left, Figure 43 shows a second decay map produced by the regression model 2600. The second decay map identities clusters and their surrounding background imaged during the 30pM dense run, along with their spatial distribution depicting cluster shapes, cluster sizes, and cluster centers. 003071 Figure 44 compares performance of the regression model 2600 with the RTA base caller for 40pM library concentration (highly dense run). The regression model 2600 produced 89,441,688 more aligned bases than the RTA base caller in a much higher cluster density environment (i.e., 1,509,395 clusters). 100308] Figure 44 also shows results for other sequencing metrics such as number of clusters that pass the chastity filter (“% PF” (pass-filter)), number of aligned reads (“% Aligned”), number of duplicate reads (“% Duplicate”), number of reads mismatching the reference sequence for all reads aligned to the reference sequence (“% Mismatch”), bases called with a quality score 30 and above (“% Q30 bases”), and so on. More Example Model Outputs {vo309] Figure 45 shows, on the left, a first decay map produced by the regression model 2600. The first decay map identifies clusters and their surrounding background imaged during the 40pM normal run, along with their spatial distribution depicting cluster shapes, cluster sizes, and cluster centers. 100310] On the right, Figure 45 shows the results of the thresholding and the peak locating applied to the first decay map to distinguish the respective clusters from each other and from the background and to identify their respective cluster centers. In some implementations, intensities of the respective clusters are identified and a chastity filter (or passing filter) applied to reduce the mismatch rate.
2. Binary Classification Model 00311] Figure 46 illustrates one implementation of the binary classification model 4600. In the illustrated implementation, the binary classification model 4609 is a deep fully convolutional segmentation neural network that processes the input image data 1702 through an encoder subnetwork and a corresponding decoder subnetwork. The encoder subnetwork includes a hierarchy of encoders. The decoder subnetwork includes a hierarchy of decoders that map low resolution encoder feature maps to a full input resolution binary map 1720. In another implementation, the binary classification model 4600 is a U-Net network with skip connections between the decoder and the encoder. Additional details about the segmentation networks can be found in the Appendix entitled “Segmentation Networks”.
Binary Map 00312] The final output layer of the binary classification model 4600 is a unit-wise classification layer that produces a classification label for each unit in an output array. In some implementations, the unit-wise classification layer is a subpixel-wise classification layer that produces a softmax classification score distribution for each subpixel in the binary map 1720 across two classes, namely, a cluster center class and a non-cluster class, and the classification label for a given subpixel is determined from the corresponding softmax classification score distribution. 003131 In other implementations, the unit-wise classification layer is a subpixel-wise classification layer that produces a sigmoid classification score for each subpixel in the binary map 1720, such that the activation of a unit is interpreted as the probability that the unit belongs to the first class and, conversely, one minus the activation gives the probability that it belongs to the second class. 100314] The binary map 1720 expresses each subpixel based on the predicted classification scores. The binary map 1720 also stores the predicted value classification scores in an array of units, with each unit in the array representing a corresponding subpixel in the input.
Training oo3151 Figure 47 is one implementation of training 4700 the binary classification model 4600 using a backpropagation-based gradient update technique that modifies parameters of the binary classification model 4600 until the binary map 1720 of the binary classification mode! 4600 progressively approaches or matches the ground truth binary map 1404.
100316] In the illastrated implementation, the final output layer of the binary classification model 4600 is a softmax-based subpixel-wise classification layer. In softmax implementations, the ground truth binary map generator 1402 assigns each ground truth subpixel either (i) a cluster center value par (e.g., [1, 0}) or (ii) a non-center value pair (e.g., [0, 1).
[00317] In the cluster center value pair [1, 0], a first valae [1] represents the cluster center class label and a second value [0] represents the non-center class label. In the non-center value pair [0, 1], a first value [0] represents the cluster center class label and a second value [1] represents the non-center class label.
100318] The ground truth binary map 1404 expresses each subpixel based on the assigned value pair/value. The ground truth binary map 1404 also stores the assigned value pairs/values in an array of units, with each unit in the array representing a corresponding subpixel in the input.
[00319] The training includes iteratively optimizing a loss function that minimizes error 4706 (e.g., softmax error) between the binary map 1726 and the ground truth binary map 1484, and updating parameters of the binary classification model 4600 based on the error 4706.
003201 In one implementation, the loss function is a custom-weighted binary cross-entropy loss and the error 4706 is minimized on a subpixel-by-subpixel basis between predicted classification scores (e.g., softmax scores) and labelled class scores (e.g., softmax scores) of corresponding subpixels in the binary map 1729 and the ground truth binary map 1404, as shown in Figure 47. 100321] The custom-weighted loss function gives more weight to the COM subpixels, such that the cross-entropy loss is multiplied by a corresponding reward (or penalty) weight specified in a reward (or penalty) matrix whenever a COM subpixel is misclassified. Additional details about the custom-weighted loss function can be found in the Appendix entitled “Custom-Weighted Loss Function”. {003221 The training 4700 includes hundreds, thousands, and/or millions of iterations of forward propagation 4708 and backward propagation 4719, including parallelization techniques such as batching. The training data 1594 includes, as the input image data 1702, a series of upsampled and down-sized image sets. The training data 1504 is annotated with ground truth labels by the annotator 2806. The training 2800 is operationalized by the trainer 1510 using a stochastic gradient update algorithm such as ADAM.
3231 Figure 48 is another implementation of training 48600 the binary classification model 4600, in which the final output layer of the binary classification model 4600 is a sigmoid-based subpixel- wise classification layer.
003241 In sigmoid implementations, the ground truth binary map generator 1302 assigns each ground truth subpixel either (i) a cluster center value (e.g., [1]) or (ii) a non-center value (e.g., [0]). The COM subpixels are assigned the cluster center value pair/value and all other subpixels are assigned the non-center value pair/value.
100325] With the cluster center value, values above a threshold intermediate value between 0 and 1 (e.g., values above 0.5) represent the center class label. With the non-center value, values below a threshold intermediate value between 0 and 1 (e.g., values below 0.5) represent the non-center class label.
e326) The ground truth binary map 1404 expresses cach subpixel based on the assigned value pair/value. The ground truth binary map 1404 also stores the assigned value pairs/values in an array of units, with each unit in the array representing a corresponding subpixel in the input.
1003271 The training includes iteratively optimizing a loss function that minimizes error 4806 (e.g., sigmoid error) between the binary map 1720 and the ground truth binary map 1404, and updating parameters of the binary classification model 4600 based on the error 4806.
00328] In one implementation, the loss function is a custom-weighted binary cross-entropy loss and the error 4806 is minimized on a subpixel-by-subpixel basis between predicted scores (e.g, sigmoid scores) and labelled scores (e.g., sigmoid scores) of corresponding subpixels in the binary map 1720 and the ground truth binary map 1404, as shown in Figure 48.
{003297 The custom-weighted loss function gives more weight to the COM subpixels, such that the cross-entropy loss is multiplied by a corresponding reward (or penalty) weight specified in a reward (or penalty) matrix whenever a COM subpixel is misclassified. Additional details about the custom-weighted loss function can be found in the Appendix entitled “Custom-Weighted Loss Fonction”. 100330] The training 4800 includes hundreds, thousands, and/or millions of iterations of forward propagation 4808 and backward propagation 4810, including parallelization techniques such as batching. The training data 1504 includes, as the input image data 1702, a series of upsampled and down-sized image sets. The training data 1504 is annotated with ground truth labels by the annotator 2806. The training 2860 is operationalized by the trainer 1519 using a stochastic gradient update algorithm such as ADAM.
003311 Figure 49 illustrates another implementation of the input image data 1702 fed to the binary classification model 4600 and the corresponding class labels 4904 used to train the binary classification model 4600.
100332] In the illustrated implementation, the input image data 1702 comprises a series of upsampled and down-sized image sets 4902. The class labels 4904 comprise two classes: (1) “no cluster center” and (2) “cluster center”, which are distinguished using different output values. That is, (1) the light green units/subpixels 4906 represent subpixels that are predicted by the binary classification model 4600 to not contain the cluster centers and (2) the dark green subpixels 4908 represent units/subpixels that are predicted by the binary classification model 4600 to contain the cluster centers.
Inference 100333] Figure 56 is one implementation of template generation by the binary classification model 4600 during inference 5000 in which the binary map 1720 is produced by the binary classification model 4609 as the inference output during the inference 5000. One example of the binary map 1720 includes unit-wise binary classification scores 5010 that together represent the binary map
1720. In the softmax applications, the binary map 1720 has a first array 5002a of unit-wise classification scores for the non-center class and a second array 5002b of unit-wise classification scores for the cluster center class.
100334] The inference 5000 includes hundreds, thousands, and/or millions of iterations of forward propagation 5004, including parallelization techniques such as batching. The inference 5900 is performed on inference data 2908 that includes, as the input image data 1702, a series of upsampled and down-sized image sets. The inference 5000 is operationalized by the tester 2906. [003351 In some implementations, the binary map 1729 is subjected to post-processing techniques discussed above, such as thresholding, peak detection, and/or watershed segmentation to generate cluster metadata.
Peak Detection {003361 Figure 51 depicts one implementation of subjecting the binary map 1720 to peak detection to identify cluster centers.
As discussed above, the binary map 1726 is an array of units that classifies each subpixel based on the predicted classification scores, with each unit in the array representing a corresponding subpixel in the input.
The classification scores can be softmax scores or sigmoid scores. 1003371 In the softmax applications, the binary map 1726 includes two arrays: (1) a first array 5002a of unit-wise classification scores for the non-center class and (2) a second array 5902b of unit-wise classification scores for the cluster center class.
In both the arrays, each unit represents a IO corresponding subpixel in the input. 100338] To determine which subpixels in the input contain the cluster centers and which do not contain the cluster centers, the peak locator 1806 applies peak detection on the units in the binary map 1720. The peak detection identifies those units that have classification scores (e.g., softmax/sigmoid scores) above a preset threshold.
The identified units are inferred as the cluster centers and their corresponding subpixels in the input are determined to contain the cluster centers and stored as cluster center subpixels in a subpixel classifications data store 5192. Additional details about the peak locator 1806 can be found in the Appendix entitled “Peak Detection”. {003391 The remaining units and their corresponding subpixels in the input are determined to not contain the cluster centers and stored as non-center subpixels in the subpixel classifications data store 5102. 100340] In some implementations, prior to applying the peak detection, those units that have classification scores below a certain background threshold (e.g., 0.3) are set to zero.
In some implementations, such units and their corresponding subpixels in the input are inferred to denote the background surrounding the clusters and stored as background subpixels in the subpixel classifications data store 5102. In other implementations, such units can be considered noise and ignored.
Example Model Outputs 100341] Figure 52a shows, on the left, an example binary map produced by the binary classification model 4600. On the right, Figure 52a also shows an example ground truth binary map that the binary classification model 4600 approximates during the training.
The binary map has a plurality of subpixels and classifies each subpixel as either a cluster center or a non-center, Similarly, the ground truth binary map has a plurality of subpixels and classifies each subpixel as either a cluster center or a non-center.
Experimental Results and Observations {003421 Figure 52b illustrates performance of the binary classification model 4600 using recall and precision statistics. Applying these statistics, the binary classification model 4600 outperforms the RTA base caller. Network Architecture
[00343] Figure 53 is a (able that shows an example architecture of the binary classification model 4600, along with details of the layers of the binary classification model 4600, dimensionality of the output of the layers, magnitude of the model parameters, and interconnections between the layers. Similar details are disclosed in the Appendix titled IO “Binary_Classification_Model Example Architecture”.
3. Ternary (Three Class) Classification Model 100344] Figure 54 illustrates one implementation of the ternary classification model 5400. In the illustrated implementation, the ternary classification model 5400 is a deep fully convolutional segmentation neural network that processes the input image data 1702 through an encoder subnetwork and a corresponding decoder subnetwork. The encoder subnetwork includes a hierarchy of encoders. The decoder subnetwork includes a hierarchy of decoders that map low resolution encoder feature maps to a full input resolution ternary map 1718. In another implementation, the ternary classification model 5400 is a U-Net network with skip connections between the decoder and the encoder. Additional details about the segmentation networks can be found in the Appendix entitled “Segmentation Networks”. Ternary Map {003451 The final output layer of the ternary classification model 5400 is a unit-wise classification layer that produces a classification label for each unit in an output array. In some implementations, the unit-wise classification layer is a subpixel-wise classification layer that produces a softmax classification score distribution for each subpixel in the ternary map 1718 across three classes, namely, a background class, a cluster center class, and a cluster/cluster interior class, and the classification label for a given subpixel is determined from the corresponding softmax classification score distribution.
[00345] The ternary map 1718 expresses each subpixel based on the predicted classification scores. The ternary map 1718 also stores the predicted value classification scores in an array of units, with each unit in the array representing a corresponding subpixel in the input. Training {vv347] Figure 55 is one implementation of training 5500 the ternary classification model 5490 using a backpropagation-based gradient update technique that modifies parameters of the ternary classification model 5400 until the ternary map 1718 of the ternary classification model 5400 progressively approaches or matches training ground truth ternary maps 1304.
{oo348] In the illustrated implementation, the final output layer of the ternary classification model 5400 is a softmax-based subpixel-wise classification layer. In softmax implementations, the ground truth ternary map generator 1402 assigns each ground truth subpixel either (i) a background value triplet {e.g., [1, 0, O}), (ii) a cluster center value triplet (e.g., [0, 1, 0]), or (iit) a cluster/cluster interior value triplet (e.g., [0, 0, 1}]).
[00349] The background subpixels are assigned the background value triplet. The center of mass (COM) subpixels are assigned the cluster center value triplet. The cluster/cluster interior subpixels are assigned the cluster/cluster interior value triplet. {003507 In the background value triplet [1, 0, 0}, a first value [1] represents the background class label, a second value [0] represents the cluster center label, and a third value [0] represents the cluster/cluster interior class label.
100351] In the cluster center value triplet [0, 1, 0], a first value [0] represents the background class label, a second value [1] represents the cluster center label, and a third value [0] represents the cluster/cluster interior class label.
[00352] In the cluster/cluster interior value triplet [0, 0, 1], a first value [0] represents the background class label, a second value [0] represents the cluster center label, and a third value [1] represents the cluster/cluster interior class label.
{003531 The ground truth ternary map 1304 expresses each subpixel based on the assigned value triplet. The ground truth ternary map 1304 also stores the assigned triplets in an array of units, with each unit in the array representing a corresponding subpixel in the input.
100354] The training includes iteratively optimizing a loss function that minimizes error 5506 (e.g., softmax error) between the ternary map 1718 and the ground truth ternary map 1304, and updating parameters of the ternary classification model 5400 based on the error 5506.
{003551 In one implementation, the loss function is a castom-weighted categorical cross-entropy loss and the error 5506 is minimized on a subpixel-by-subpixel basis between predicted classification scores (e.g., softmax scores) and labelled class scores (e.g., softmax scores) of corresponding subpixels in the ternary map 1718 and the ground truth ternary map 1304, as shown in Figure 54.
100356] The custom-weighted loss function gives more weight to the COM subpixels, such that the cross-entropy loss is multiplied by a corresponding reward (or penalty) weight specified in a reward (or penalty) matrix whenever a COM subpixel is misclassified. Additional details about the custom-weighted loss function can be found in the Appendix entitled “Custom-Weighted Loss Function”.
{00357 The training 5500 includes hundreds, thousands, and/or millions of iterations of forward propagation 5508 and backward propagation 5510, including parallelization techniques such as batching. The training data 1504 includes, as the input image data 1702, a series of upsampled and down-sized image sets. The training data 1504 is annotated with ground truth labels by the annotator 2806. The training 5500 is operationalized by the trainer 1510 using a stochastic gradient update algorithm such as ADAM. 1003581 Figure 56 illustrates one implementation of input image data 1702 fed to the ternary classification model 5400 and the corresponding class labels used to train the ternary classification model 5400. [003591 In the illustrated implementation, the input image data 1702 comprises a series of upsampled and down-sized image sets 5602. The class labels 5604 comprise three classes: (1) “background class”, (2) “cluster center class”, and (3) “cluster interior class”, which are distinguished using different output values. For example, some of these different output values can be visually represented as follows: (1) the grey units/subpixels 5606 represent subpixels that are predicted by the ternary classification model 5499 to be the background, (2) the dark green units/subpixels 5608 represent subpixels that are predicted by the ternary classification model 5400 to contain the cluster centers, and (3) the light green subpixels 5619 represent subpixels that are predicted by the ternary classification model 5400 to contain the interior of the clusters.
Network Architecture oozes] Figure 57 is a table that shows an example architecture of the ternary classification model 5400, along with details of the layers of the ternary classification model 5400, dimensionality of the output of the layers, magnitude of the model parameters, and interconnections between the layers, Similar details are disclosed in the Appendix titled “Ternary_Classification_Model_Example_ Architecture”.
Inference i361] Figure 58 is one implementation of template generation by the ternary classification model 5400 during inference 5800 in which the ternary map 1718 is produced by the ternary classification model 5400 as the inference output during the inference 5809. One example of the ternary map 1718 is disclosed in the Appendix titled “Ternary_Classification_Model_Sample_Ouput” The Appendix includes unit-wise binary classification scores 5810 that together represent the ternary map 1718. In the softmax applications, the Appendix has a first array 5802a of unit-wise classification scores for the background class, a second array 5802b of unit-wise classification scores for the cluster center class, and a third array 5802¢ of unit-wise classification scores for the cluster/cluster interior class.
[00362] The inference 5800 includes hundreds, thousands, and/or millions of iterations of forward propagation 5804, including parallelization techniques such as batching. The inference 5800 is performed on inference data 2908 that includes, as the input image data 1702, a series of upsampled and down-sized image sets. The inference 5000 is operationalized by the tester 2906.
003631 In some implementations, the ternary map 1718 is produced by the ternary classification model 5400 using post-processing techniques discussed above, such as thresholding, peak detection, and/or watershed segmentation.
[00364] Figure 59 graphically portrays the ternary map 1718 produced by the ternary classification model 5400 in which each subpixel has a three-way softmax classification score distribution for the three corresponding classes, namely, the background class 5906, the cluster center class 5902, and the cluster/cluster interior class 5904. oozes] Figure 69 depicts an array of units produced by the ternary classification model 5400, along with the unit-wise output values. As depicted, each unit has three output values for the three IO corresponding classes, namely, the background class 5906, the cluster center class 5902, and the closter/cluster interior class 5904. For each classification (column-wise), each unit is assigned the class that has the highest output value, as indicated by the class in parenthesis under each unit. In some implementations, the output values 6002, 6004, and 6006 are analyzed for each of the respective classes 5906, 5902, and 5904 (row-wise). Peak Detection & Watershed Segmentation oozes] Figure 61 shows one implementation of subjecting the ternary map 1718 to post- processing to identify cluster centers, cluster background, and cluster interior. As discussed above, the ternary map 1718 is an array of units that classifies each subpixel based on the predicted classification scores, with each unit in the array representing a corresponding subpixel in the input. The classification scores can be softmax scores. 1003671 In the softmax applications, the ternary map 1718 includes three arrays: (1) a first array 5802a of unit-wise classification scores for the background class, (2) a second array 5802b of unit- wise classification scores for the cluster center class, and (3) a third array 5802¢ of unit-wise classification scores for the cluster interior class. In all three arrays, each unit represents a corresponding subpixel in the input. {oo3681 To determine which subpixels in the input contain the cluster centers, which contain the interior of the clusters, and which contain the background, the peak locator 1806 applies peak detection on softmax values in the ternary map 1718 for the cluster center class 5892b. The peak detection identifies those units that have classification scores (e.g., softmax scores) above a preset threshold. The identified units are inferred as the cluster centers and their corresponding subpixels in the input are determined to contain the cluster centers and stored as cluster center subpixels in a subpixel classifications and segmentations data store 6192. Additional details about the peak locator 1806 can be found in the Appendix entitled “Peak Detection”. 003691 In some implementations, prior to applying the peak detection, those units that have classification scores below a certain noise threshold (e.g., 0.3) are set to zero. Such units can be considered noise and ignored.
oar Also, units that have classification scores for the background class 5802a above a certain background threshold (e.g., equal to or greater than 0.5) and their corresponding subpixels in the input are inferred to denote the background surrounding the clusters and stored as background subpixels in the subpixel classifications and segmentations data store 6102.
100371] Then, the watershed segmentation algorithm, operationalized by the watershed segmenter 3102, is used to determine the shapes of the clusters. In some implementations, the background units/subpixels are used as a mask by the watershed segmentation algorithm. Classification scores of the unit/subpixels inferred as the cluster centers and the cluster interior are summed to produce so-called “cluster labels’. The cluster centers are used as watershed markers, for separation by intensity valleys by the watershed segmentation algorithm. 100372] In one implementation, negativized cluster labels are provided as an input image to the watershed segmenter 3102 that performs segmentation and produces the cluster shapes as disjointed regions of contiguous cluster interior subpixels separated by the background subpixels. Furthermore, each disjointed region includes a corresponding cluster center subpixel. In some implementations, the corresponding cluster center subpixel is the center of the disjointed region to which it belongs. In other implementations, centers of mass (COM) of the disjointed regions are calculated based on the underlying location coordinates and stored as new centers of the clusters. {003731 The outputs of the watershed segmenter 3102 are stored in the subpixel classifications and segmentations data store 6102. Additional details about the watershed segmentation algorithm and other segmentation algorithms can be found in Appendix entitled “Watershed Segmentation”. 100374] Example outputs of the peak locator 1806 and the watershed segmenter 3102 are shown in Figures 62a, 62b, 63, and 64. Example Model Qutputs {003751 Figure 62a shows example predictions of the ternary classification model 5499. Figure 62a shows four maps and each map has an array of units. The first map 6202 (left most) shows each unit’s output values for the cluster center class 5802b. The second map 6204 shows each unit’s output values for the cluster/cluster interior class 5802c. The third map 6206 {right most) shows each unit’s output values for the background class 5802a. The fourth map 6208 (bottom) is a binary mask of ground truth ternary map 6908 that assigns each unit the class label that has the highest output value. 00376] Figure 62b illustrates other example predictions of the ternary classification model 5400. Figure 62b shows four maps and each map has an array of anits. The first map 6212 (bottom left most) shows each unit's output values for the cluster/cluster interior class. The second map 6214 shows each unit's output values for the cluster center class. The third map 6216 (bottom right most) shows each unit’s output values for the background class. The fourth map (top) 6210 is the ground truth ternary map that assigns each unit the class label that has the highest output value.
003771 Figure 62e shows yet other example predictions of the ternary classification model 5400. Figure 64 shows four maps and each map has an array of units. The first map 62260 (bottom left most) shows each onit’s output values for the cluster/cluster interior class. The second map 6222 shows each unit's output values for the cluster center class. The third map 6224 (bottom right most) shows each unit’s output values for the background class. The fourth map 6218 (top) is the ground truth ternary map that assigns each unit the class label that has the highest output value.
[00378] Figure 63 depicts one implementation of deriving the cluster centers and cluster shapes from the output of the ternary classification model 5400 in Figure 62a by subjecting the output to post-processing. The post-processing (e.g., peak locating, watershed segmentation) generates cluster shape data and other metadata, which is identified in the cluster map 6310.
Experimental Results and Observations 100379] Figure 64 compares performance of the binary classification model 4660, the regression model 2600, and the RTA base caller. The performance is evaluated using a variety of sequencing metrics. One metric is the total number of clusters detected (“# clusters”), which can be measured by the number of unique cluster centers that are detected. Another metric is the number of detected clusters that pass the chastity filter (“% PF” (pass-filter)). During cycles 1-25 of a sequencing run, the chastity filter removes the least reliable clusters from the image extraction results. Clusters “pass filter” if no more than one base call has a chastity value below 0.6 in the first 25 cycles. Chastity is defined as the ratio of the brightest base intensity divided by the sam of the brightest and the second brightest base intensities. This metric goes beyond the quantity of the detected clusters and also conveys their quality, i.c., how many of the detected clusters can be used for accurate base calling and downstream secondary and ternary analysis such as variant calling and variant pathogenicity annotation. ro03ge] Other metrics that measure how good the detected clusters are for downstream analysis include the number of aligned reads produced from the detected clusters (*% Aligned”), the number of duplicate reads produced from the detected clusters (“% Duplicate”), the number of reads produced from the detected clusters mismatching the reference sequence for all reads aligned to the reference sequence (“% Mismatch”), the number of reads produced from the detected clusters whose portions do not match well to the reference sequence on either side and thus are ignored for the alignment (“% soft clipped”), the number of bases called for the detected clusters with quality score 30 and above (“% Q30 bases”), the number of paired reads produced from the detected clusters that have both reads aligned inwards within a reasonable distance (“total proper read pairs”), and the number of unique or deduplicated proper read pairs produced from the detected clusters (“non-duplicate proper read pairs”).
{oo381] As shown in Figure 64, both the binary classification model 4600 and the regression model 2600 outperform the RTA base caller at template generation on most of the metrics.
{003821 Figure 65 compares the performance of the ternary classification model 5400 with that of the RTA base caller under three contexts, five sequencing metrics, and two run densities.
100383] In the first context called “RTA”, the cluster centers are detected by the RTA base caller, the intensity extraction from the clusters is done by the RTA base caller, and the clusters are also base called using the RTA base caller. In the second context called “RTA IE”, the cluster centers are detected by the ternary classification model 5496; however, the intensity extraction from the clusters is done by the RTA base caller and the clusters are also base called using the RTA base caller. In the third context called “Self IE”, the cluster centers are detected by the ternary classification model 5400 and the intensity extraction from the clusters is done using the cluster shape-based intensity extraction techniques disclosed herein (note that the cluster shape information is generated by the ternary classification model 5400); but the clusters are base called using the RTA base caller.
{00384 The performance is compared between the ternary classification model 5400 and the RTA base caller along five metrics: (1) the total number of clusters detected (“# clusters”), (2) the number of detected clusters that pass the chastity filter (“# PF”), (3) the number of unique or deduplicated proper read pairs produced from the detected clusters (“# nondup proper read pairs”), (4) the rate of mismatches between a sequence read produced from the detected clusters and a reference sequence after alignment (“%Mismatch rate”), and (5) bases called for the detected clusters with quality score 30 and above (“% Q307).
1003851 The performance is compared between the ternary classification model 5400 and the RTA base caller under the three contexts and the five metrics for two types of sequencing runs: (1) a normal run with 20pM library concentration and (2) a dense run with 30pM library concentration. 00386] As shown in Figure 65, the ternary classification model 5400 outperforms the RTA base caller on all the metrics.
{vo387] Under the same three contexts, five metrics, and two run densities, Figure 66 shows that the regression model 2600 outperforms the RTA base caller on all the metrics.
{003881 Figure 67 focuses on the penultimate layer 6702 of the neural network-based template generator 1512. 100389] Figure 68 visualizes what the penultimate layer 6702 of the neural network-based template generator 1512 has learned as a result of the backpropagation-based gradient update training. The illustrated implementation visualizes twenty-four out of the thirty-two convolution filters of the penultimate layer 6702 overlaid on the ground truth cluster shapes. As shown in Figure 68, the penultimate layer 6702 has learned the cluster metadata, including spatial distribution of the clusters such as cluster centers, cluster shapes, cluster sizes, cluster background, and cluster boundaries.
003901 Figure 69 overlays cluster center predictions of the binary classification model 4690 (in blue) onto those of the RTA base caller (in pink). The predictions are made on sequencing image data from the Illumina NextSeq sequencer. 100301] Figure 76 overlays cluster center predictions made by the RTA base caller (in pink) onto visualization of the trained convolution filters of the penultimate layer of the binary classification model 4600. These convolution filters are learned as a result of training on sequencing image data from the Illumina NextSeq sequencer. oo3921 Figure 71 illustrates one implementation of training data used to train the neural network- based template generator 1512. In this implementation, the training data is obtained from dense IO flow cells that produce data with storm probe images.
In another implementation, the training data is obtained from dense flow cells that produce data with fewer bridge amplification cycles. 100393] Figure 72 is one implementation of using beads for image registration based on cluster center predictions of the neural network-based template generator 1512. 00394] Figure 73 illustrates one implementation of cluster statistics of clusters identified by the neural network-based template generator 1512. The cluster statistics include cluster size based on number of contributive subpixels and GC-content. {003951 Figure 74 shows how the neural network-based template generator 1512°s ability to distinguish between adjacent clusters improves when the number of initial sequencing cycles for which the input image data 1702 is used increases from five to seven.
For five sequencing cycles, a single cluster is identified by a single disjointed region of contiguous subpixels.
For seven sequencing cycles, the single cluster is segmented into two adjacent clusters, each having their own disjointed regions of contiguous subpixels. 00396] Figure 75 illustrates the difference in base calling performance when a RTA base caller uses ground truth center of mass (COM) location as the cluster center, as opposed to when a non- COM location is used as the cluster center. {003971 Figure 76 portrays the performance of the neural network-based template generator 1512 on extra detected clusters. 100398] Figure 77 shows different datasets used for training the neural network-based template generator 1512. Sequencing System {003991 Figure 78 is a block diagram of a base calling system 7800 in accordance with one implementation.
The base calling system 7800 may operate to obtain any information or data that relates to at least one of a biological or chemical substance.
In some implementations, the base calling system 7800 is a workstation that may be similar to a bench-top device or desktop computer.
For example, a majority (or all) of the systems and components for conducting the desired reactions can be within a common housing 7816.
oo4001 In particular implementations, the base calling system 7800 is a nucleic acid sequencing system {or sequencer) configured for various applications, including but not limited to de novo sequencing, resequencing of whole genomes or target genomic regions, and metagenomics.
The sequencer may also be used for DNA or RNA analysis.
In some inplementations, the base calling system 7800 may also be configured to generate reaction sites in a biosensor.
For example, the base calling system 7800 may be configured to receive a sample and generate surface attached clusters of clonally amplified nucleic acids derived from the sample.
Each cluster may constitute or be part of a reaction site in the biosensor. fooa011 The exemplary base calling system 7800 may include a system receptacle or interface 7812 that is configured to interact with a biosensor 7802 to perform desired reactions within the biosensor 7892. In the following description with respect to Figure 78, the biosensor 7802 is loaded into the system receptacle 7812. However, it is understood that a cartridge that includes the biosensor 7802 may be inserted into the system receptacle 7812 and in some states the cartridge can be removed temporarily or permanently.
As described above, the cartridge may include, among other things, fluidic control and fluidic storage components. foo4021 In particular implementations, the base calling system 7809 is configured to perform a large number of parallel reactions within the biosensor 7802. The biosensor 7802 includes one or more reaction sites where desired reactions can occur.
The reaction sites may be, for example, immobilized to a solid surface of the biosensor or immobilized to beads (or other movable substrates) that are located within corresponding reaction chambers of the biosensor.
The reaction sites can include, for example, clusters of clonally amplified nucleic acids.
The biosensor 7802 may include a solid-state imaging device {e.g., CCD or CMOS imager) and a flow cell mounted thereto.
The flow cell may include one or more flow channels that receive a solution from the base calling system 7800 and direct the solution toward the reaction sites.
Optionally, the biosensor
7802 can be configured to engage a thermal element for transferring thermal energy into or out of the flow channel. {04031 The base calling system 7800 may include various components, assemblies, and systems (or sub-systems) that interact with each other to perform a predetermined method or assay protocol for biological or chemical analysis.
For example, the base calling system 7809 includes a system controller 7804 that may communicate with the various components, assemblies, and sub-systems of the base calling system 7899 and also the biosensor 7802. For example, in addition to the system receptacle 7812, the base calling system 7800 may also include a fluidic control system 7866 to control the flow of fluid throughout a fluid network of the base calling system 7860 and the biosensor 7802; a fluid storage system 7808 that is configured to hold all fluids (e.g., gas or liquids) that may be used by the bioassay system; a temperature control system 7810 that may regulate the temperature of the fluid in the fluid network, the fluid storage system 7808, and/or the biosensor 7802; and an illumination system 7809 that is configured to illuminate the biosensor
7802. As described above, if a cartridge having the biosensor 7802 is loaded into the system receptacle 7812, the cartridge may also include fluidic control and fluidic storage components. 100404] Also shown, the base calling system 7800 may include a user interface 7814 that interacts with the user. For example, the user interface 7814 may include a display 7813 to display or request information from a user and a user input device 7815 to receive user inputs. In some implementations, the display 7813 and the user input device 7815 are the same device. For example, the user interface 7814 may include a touch-sensitive display configured to detect the presence of an individual's touch and also identify a location of the touch on the display. However, other user input devices 7815 may be used, such as a mouse, touchpad, keyboard, keypad, handheld scanner, voice-recognition system, motion-recognition system, and the like. As will be discussed in greater detail below, the base calling system 7800 may communicate with various components, including the biosensor 7802 (e.g., in the form of a cartridge), to perform the desired reactions. The base calling system 7800 may also be configured to analyze data obtained from the biosensor to provide a user with desired information. foo4051 The system controller 7804 may include any processor-based or microprocessor-based system, including systems using microcontrollers, reduced instruction set computers (RISC), application specific integrated circuits (ASICs), field programmable gate array (FPGAS), logic circuits, and any other circuit or processor capable of executing functions described herein. The above examples are exemplary only, and are thus not intended to limit in any way the definition and/or meaning of the term system controller. In the exemplary implementation, the system controller 7804 executes a set of instructions that are stored in one or more storage elements, memories, or modules in order to at least one of obtain and analyze detection data. Detection data can include a plurality of sequences of pixel signals, such that a sequence of pixel signals from each of the millions of sensors (or pixels) can be detected over many base calling cycles. Storage elements may be in the form of information sources or physical memory elements within the base calling system 7800. 100406] The set of instructions may include various commands that instruct the base calling system 7800 or biosensor 7802 to perform specific operations such as the methods and processes of the various implementations described herein. The set of instructions may be in the form of a software program, which may form part of a tangible, non-transitory computer readable medium or media. As used herein, the terms “software” and “firmware” are interchangeable, and include any computer program stored in memory for execution by a computer, including RAM memory, ROM memory, EPROM memory, EEPROM memory, and non-volatile RAM (NVRAM) memory. The above memory types are exemplary only, and are thus not limiting as to the types of memory usable for storage of a computer program.
004071 The software may be in various forms such as system software or application software.
Further, the software may be in the form of a collection of separate programs, or a program module within a larger program or a portion of a program module.
The software also may include modular programming in the form of object-oriented programming.
After obtaining the detection data, the detection data may be automatically processed by the base calling system 7800, processed in response to user inputs, or processed in response to a request made by another processing machine (e.g., a remote request through a communication link). In the illastrated implementation, the system controller 7804 includes an analysis module 7938. In other implementations, system controller 7804 does not include the analysis module 7938 and instead has access to the analysis module 7938 (e.g., the analysis module 7938 may be separately hosted on cloud). 100408] The system controller 7804 may be connected to the biosensor 7802 and the other components of the base calling system 7800 via communication links.
The system controller 7804 may also be communicatively connected to off-site systems or servers.
The communication links may be hardwired, corded, or wireless.
The system controller 7884 may receive user inputs or commands, from the user interface 7814 and the user input device 7815. {ooa091 The fluidic control system 7806 includes a fluid network and is configured to direct and regulate the flow of one or more fluids through the fluid network.
The fluid network may be in fluid communication with the biosensor 7802 and the fluid storage system 7808. For example, select fluids may be drawn from the fluid storage system 7808 and directed to the biosensor 7802 in a controlled manner, or the fluids may be drawn from the biosensor 7802 and directed toward, for example, a waste reservoir in the fluid storage system 7808. Although not shown, the fluidic control system 7806 may include flow sensors that detect a flow rate or pressure of the fluids within the fluid network.
The sensors may communicate with the system controller 7864. 004101 The temperature control system 7819 is configured to regulate the temperature of fluids at different regions of the fluid network, the fluid storage system 7808, and/or the biosensor 7802. For example, the temperature control system 7810 may include a thermocycler that interfaces with the biosensor 7802 and controls the temperature of the fluid that flows along the reaction sites in the biosensor 7802. The temperature control system 7819 may also regulate the temperature of solid elements or components of the base calling system 7890 or the biosensor 7892. Although not shown, the temperature control system 7810 may include sensors to detect the temperature of the fluid or other components.
The sensors may communicate with the system controller 7804. foo411] The fluid storage system 7808 is in fluid communication with the biosensor 7802 and may store various reaction components or reactants that are used to conduct the desired reactions therein.
The fluid storage system 7888 may also store fluids for washing or cleaning the fluid network and biosensor 7802 and for diluting the reactants.
For example, the fluid storage system 7808 may include various reservoirs to store samples, reagents, enzymes, other biomolecules,
buffer solutions, aqueous, and non-polar solutions, and the like. Furthermore, the fluid storage system 7808 may also include waste reservoirs for receiving waste products from the biosensor
7802. In implementations that include a cartridge, the cartridge may include one or more of a fluid storage system, fluidic control system or temperature control system. Accordingly, one or more of the components set forth herein as relating to those systems can be contained within a cartridge housing. For example, a cartridge can have various reservoirs to store samples, reagents, enzymes, other biomolecules, buffer solutions, aqueous, and non-polar solutions, waste, and the like. As such, one or more of a fluid storage system, fluidic control system or temperature control system can be removably engaged with a bioassay system via a cartridge or other biosensor.
004] The illumination system 7809 may include a light source (e.g., one or more LEDs) and a plurality of optical components to illuminate the biosensor. Examples of light sources may include lasers, arc lamps, LEDs, or laser diodes. The optical components may be, for example, reflectors, dichroics, beam splitters, collimators, lenses, filters, wedges, prisms, mirrors, detectors, and the like. In implementations that use an illumination system, the illumination system 7899 may be configured to direct an excitation light to reaction sites. As one example, fluorophores may be excited by green wavelengths of light, as such the wavelength of the excitation light may be approximately 532 nm. In one implementation, the illumination system 7899 is configured to produce illumination that is parallel to a surface normal of a surface of the biosensor 7802. In another implementation, the illumination system 7809 is configured to produce illumination that is off-angle relative to the surface normal of the surface of the biosensor 7802. In yet another implementation, the illumination system 7889 is configured to produce illumination that has plural angles, including some parallel illumination and some off-angle illumination.
[00413] The system receptacle or interface 7812 is configured to engage the biosensor 7802 in at least one of a mechanical, electrical, and fluidic manner. The system receptacle 7812 may hold the biosensor 7802 in a desired orientation to facilitate the flow of fluid through the biosensor 7802. The system receptacle 7812 may also include electrical contacts that are configured to engage the biosensor 7802 so that the base calling system 7889 may communicate with the biosensor 7802 and/or provide power to the biosensor 7802. Furthermore, the system receptacle 7812 may include fluidic ports (e.g., nozzles) that are configured to engage the biosensor 7802. In some implementations, the biosensor 7802 is removably coupled to the system receptacle 7812 in a mechanical manner, in an electrical manner, and also in a fluidic manner.
[004141 In addition, the base calling system 7800 may communicate remotely with other systems or networks or with other bioassay systems 7800. Detection data obtained by the bioassay system(s) 7800 may be stored in a remote database.
{004151 Figure 79 is a block diagram of a system controller 7804 that can be used in the system of Figure 78. In one implementation, the system controller 7804 includes one or more processors or modules that can communicate with one another. Each of the processors or modules may include an algorithm (e.g., instructions stored on a tangible and/or non-transitory computer readable storage medium) or sub-algorithms to perform particular processes. The system controller 7804 is illustrated conceptually as a collection of modules, but may be implemented utilizing any combination of dedicated hardware boards, DSPs, processors, etc. Alternatively, the system controller 7804 may be implemented utilizing an off-the-shelf PC with a single processor or multiple processors, with the functional operations distributed between the processors. As a further option, the modules described below may be implemented utilizing a hybrid configuration in which certain modular functions are performed utilizing dedicated hardware, while the remaining modular functions are performed utilizing an off-the-shelf PC and the like. The modules also may be implemented as software modules within a processing unit.
[00416] During operation, a communication port 7920 may transmit information (e.g. commands) to or receive information (e.g., data) from the biosensor 7802 (Figure 78) and/or the sub-systems
7806. 7808, 7810 (Figure 78). In implementations, the communication port 7920 may output a plurality of sequences of pixel signals. A communication link 7922 may receive user input from the user interface 7814 (Figure 78) and transmit data or information to the user interface 7814. Data from the biosensor 7802 or sub-systems 7806, 7808, 7810 may be processed by the system controller 7804 in real-time during a bioassay session. Additionally or alternatively, data may be stored temporarily in a system memory during a bioassay session and processed in slower than real-time or off-line operation. 100417] As shown in Figure 79, the system controller 7804 may include a plurality of modules 7931-7939 that communicate with a main control module 7930. The main control module 7930 may communicate with the user interface 7814 (Figure 78). Although the modules 7931-7939 are shown as communicating directly with the main control module 7930, the modules 7931-7939 may also communicate directly with each other, the user interface 7814, and the biosensor 7802. Also, the modules 7931-7939 may communicate with the main control module 7930 through the other modules. {00418] The plurality of modules 7931-7939 include system modules 7931-7933, 7939 that communicate with the sub-systems 7806, 7808, 7810, and 7869, respectively. The fluidic control module 7931 may communicate with the fluidic control system 7806 to control the valves and flow sensors of the fluid network for controlling the flow of one or more fluids through the fluid network. The fluid storage module 7932 may notify the user when fluids are low or when the waste reservoir is at or near capacity. The fluid storage module 7932 may also communicate with the temperature control module 7933 so that the fluids may be stored at a desired temperature. The illumination module 7939 may communicate with the illumination system 7809 to illuminate the reaction sites at designated times during a protocol, such as after the desired reactions {(e.g.,
binding events) have occurred. In some implementations, the illumination module 7939 may communicate with the illumination system 7809 to illuminate the reaction sites at designated angles. 100419] The plurality of modules 7931-7939 may also include a device module 7934 that communicates with the biosensor 7802 and an identification module 7935 that determines identification information relating to the biosensor 7802. The device module 7934 may, for example, communicate with the system receptacle 7812 to confirm that the biosensor has established an electrical and fluidic connection with the base calling system 7800. The identification module 7935 may receive signals that identity the biosensor 7802. The identification IO module 7935 may use the identity of the biosensor 7802 to provide other information to the user. For example, the identification module 7935 may determine and then display a lot number, a date of manufacture, or a protocol that is recommended to be run with the biosensor 7802.
[00420] The plurality of modules 7931-7939 also includes an analysis module 7938 (also called signal processing module or signal processor) that receives and analyzes the signal data (e.g., image data) from the biosensor 7802. Analysis module 7938 includes memory (e.g., RAM or Flash) to store detection data. Detection data can include a plurality of sequences of pixel signals, such that a sequence of pixel signals from each of the millions of sensors {or pixels) can be detected over many base calling cycles. The signal data may be stored for subsequent analysis or may be transmitted to the user interface 7814 to display desired information to the user. In some implementations, the signal data may be processed by the solid-state imager (e.g., CMOS image sensor) before the analysis module 7938 receives the signal data.
{e0421] The analysis module 7938 is configured to obtain image data from the light detectors at each of a plurality of sequencing cycles. The image data is derived from the emission signals detected by the light detectors and process the image data for each of the plurality of sequencing cycles through a neural network (e.g., the neural network-based template generator 1512 and/or the neural network-based base caller 1514) and produce a base call for at least some of the analytes at each of the plurality of sequencing cycle.
100422] Protocol modules 7936 and 7937 communicate with the main control module 7930 to control the operation of the sub-systems 7806, 7868, and 7818 when conducting predetermined assay protocols. The protocol modules 7936 and 7937 may include sets of instructions for instructing the base calling system 7880 to perform specific operations pursuant to predetermined protocols. As shown, the protocol module may be a sequencing-by-synthesis (SBS) module 7936 that is configured to issue various commands for performing sequencing-by-synthesis processes. In SBS, extension of a nucleic acid primer along a nucleic acid template is monitored to determine the sequence of nucleotides in the template. The underlying chemical process can be polymerization (e.g. as catalyzed by a polymerase enzyme) or ligation (e.g. catalyzed by a ligase enzyme). In a particular polymerase-based SBS implementation, fluorescently labeled nucleotides are added to a primer (thereby extending the primer) in a template dependent fashion such that detection of the order and type of nucleotides added to the primer can be used to determine the sequence of the template.
For example, to initiate a first SBS cycle, commands can be given to deliver one or more labeled nucleotides, DNA polymerase, etc., into/through a flow cell that houses an array of nucleic acid templates.
The nucleic acid templates may be located at corresponding reaction sites.
Those reaction sites where primer extension causes a labeled nucleotide to be incorporated can be detected through an imaging event.
During an imaging event, the illumination system 7809 may provide an excitation light to the reaction sites.
Optionally, the nucleotides can further include a
IO reversible termination property that terminates further primer extension once a nucleotide has been added to a primer.
For example, a nucleotide analog having a reversible terminator moiety can be added to a primer such that subsequent extension cannot occur until a deblocking agent is delivered to remove the moiety.
Thus, for implementations that use reversible termination a command can be given to deliver a deblocking reagent to the flow cell (before or after detection occurs). One or more commands can be given to effect wash(es) between the various delivery steps.
The cycle can then be repeated n times to extend the primer by n nucleotides, thereby detecting a sequence of length n.
Exemplary sequencing techniques are described, for example, in Bentley et al., Nature 456:53-59 (2008), WO 04/018497; US 7,057,026; WO 91/06678; WO 07/123744; US 7,329,492; US 7.211.414: US 7,315,019; US 7.405.281, and US 2008/07808082, each of which is incorporated herein by reference. 100423] For the nucleotide delivery step of an SBS cycle, either a single type of nucleotide can be delivered at a time, or multiple different nucleotide types (e.g.
A, C, T and G together) can be delivered.
For a nucleotide delivery configuration where only a single type of nucleotide is present at a time, the different nucleotides need not have distinct labels since they can be distinguished based on temporal separation inherent in the individualized delivery.
Accordingly, a sequencing method or apparatus can use single color detection.
For example, an excitation source need only provide excitation at a single wavelength or in a single range of wavelengths.
For a nucleotide delivery configuration where delivery results in multiple different nucleotides being present in the flow cell at one time, sites that incorporate different nucleotide types can be distinguished based on different fluorescent labels that are attached to respective nucleotide types in the mixture.
For example, four different nucleotides can be used, each having one of four different fluorophores.
In one implementation, the four different fluorophores can be distinguished using excitation in four different regions of the spectrum.
For example, four different excitation radiation sources can be used.
Alternatively, fewer than four different excitation sources can be used, but optical filtration of the excitation radiation from a single source can be used to produce different ranges of excitation radiation at the flow cell.
{004241 In some implementations, fewer than four different colors can be detected in a mixture having four different nucleotides. For example, pairs of nucleotides can be detected at the same wavelength, but distinguished based on a difference in intensity for one member of the pair compared to the other, or based on a change to one member of the pair (e.g. via chemical modification, photochemical modification or physical modification) that causes apparent signal to appear or disappear compared to the signal detected for the other member of the pair. Exemplary apparatus and methods for distinguishing four different nucleotides using detection of fewer than four colors are described for example in US Pat. App. Ser. Nos. 61/538,294 and 61/619,878, which are incorporated herein by reference in their entireties. U.S. Application No. 13/624,200, which was filed on September 21, 2012, is also incorporated by reference in its entirety. 100425] The plurality of protocol modules may also include a sample-preparation (or generation) module 7937 that is configured to issue commands to the fluidic control system 7806 and the temperature control system 7810 for amplifying a product within the biosensor 7802. For example, the biosensor 7802 may be engaged to the base calling system 7800. The amplification module 7937 may issue instructions to the fluidic control system 7806 to deliver necessary amplification components to reaction chambers within the biosensor 7802. In other implementations, the reaction sites may already contain some components for amplification, such as the template DNA and/or primers. After delivering the amplification components to the reaction chambers, the amplification module 7937 may instruct the temperature control system 7810 to cycle through different temperature stages according to known amplification protocols. In some implementations, the amplification and/or nucleotide incorporation is performed isothermally.
[00426] The SBS module 7936 may issue commands to perform bridge PCR where clusters of clonal amplicons are formed on localized areas within a channel of a flow cell. After generating the amplicons through bridge PCR, the amplicons may be “linearized” to make single stranded template DNA, or sstDNA, and a sequencing primer may be hybridized to a universal sequence that flanks a region of interest. For example, a reversible terminator-based sequencing by synthesis method can be used as set forth above or as follows. 1004271 Each base calling or sequencing cycle can extend a sstDNA by a single base which can be accomplished for example by using a modified DNA polymerase and a mixture of four types of nucleotides. The different types of nucleotides can have unique fluorescent labels, and each nucleotide can further have a reversible terminator that allows only a single-base incorporation to occur in each cycle. After a single base is added to the sstDNA, excitation light may be incident upon the reaction sites and fluorescent emissions may be detected. After detection, the fluorescent label and the terminator may be chemically cleaved from the sstDNA. Another similar base calling or sequencing cycle may follow. In such a sequencing protocol, the SBS module 7936 may instruct the fluidic control system 7806 to direct a flow of reagent and enzyme solutions through the biosensor 7802. Exemplary reversible terminator-based SBS methods which can be utilized with the apparatus and methods set forth herein are described in US Patent Application Publication No. 2007/0166705 A1, US Patent Application Publication No. 2006/0188901 Al, US Patent No. 7,057,026, US Patent Application Publication No. 2006/0240439 A1, US Patent Application Publication No. 2006/02814714709 A1, PCT Publication No. WO 05/065814, US Patent Application Publication No. 2005/014790900 Al, PCT Publication No. WO 06/064199 and PCT Publication No. WO 07/01470251, each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. Exemplary reagents for reversible terminator-based SBS are described in US 7,541,444: US 7,057,026; US 7,414, 14716; US 7,427,673; US 7,566,537; US 7,592,435 and WO 07/14835368, each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
100428] In some implementations, the amplification and SBS modules may operate in a single assay protocol where, for example, template nucleic acid is amplified and subsequently sequenced within the same cartridge.
[00429] The base calling system 7800 may also allow the user to reconfigure an assay protocol. For example, the base calling system 7800 may offer options to the user through the user interface 7814 for modifying the determined protocol. For example, if it is determined that the biosensor 7802 is to be used for amplification, the base calling system 7808 may request a temperature for the annealing cycle. Furthermore, the base calling system 7800 may issue warnings to a user if a user has provided user inputs that are generally not acceptable for the selected assay protocol.
100430] In implementations, the biosensor 7802 includes millions of sensors (or pixels), each of which generates a plurality of sequences of pixel signals over successive base calling cycles. The analysis module 7938 detects the plurality of sequences of pixel signals and attributes them to corresponding sensors (or pixels) in accordance to the row-wise and/or column-wise location of the sensors on an array of sensors.
Technical Improvements and Terminology {004311 Base calling includes incorporation or attachment of a fluorescently-labeled tag with an analyte. The analyte can be a nucleotide or an oligonucleotide, and the tag can be for a particular nucleotide type (A, C, T, or G). Excitation light is directed toward the analyte having the tag, and the tag emits a detectable fluorescent signal or intensity emission. The intensity emission is indicative of photons emitted by the excited tag that is chemically attached to the analyte.
[00432] Throughout this application, including the claims, when phrases such as or similar to “images, image data, or image regions depicting intensity emissions of analytes and their surrounding background” are used, they refer to the intensity emissions of the tags attached to the analytes. A person skilled in the art will appreciate that the intensity emissions of the attached tags are representative of or equivalent to the intensity emissions of the analytes to which the tags are attached, and are therefore used interchangeably. Similarly, properties of the analytes refer to properties of the tags attached to the analytes or of the intensity emissions from the attached tags. For example, a center of an analyte refers to the center of the intensity emissions emitted by a tag attached to the analyte. In another example, the surrounding background of an analyte refers to the surrounding background of the intensity emissions emitted by a tag attached to the analyte.
100433] All literature and similar material cited in this application, including, but not limited to, patents, patent applications, articles, books, treatises, and web pages, regardless of the format of such literature and similar materials, are expressly incorporated by reference in their entirety. In the event that one or more of the incorporated literature and similar materials differs from or contradicts this application, including but not limited to defined terms, term usage, described techniques, or the like, this application controls. 100434] The technology disclosed uses neural networks to improve the quality and quantity of nucleic acid sequence information that can be obtained from a nucleic acid sample such as a nucleic acid template or its complement, for instance, a DNA or RNA polynucleotide or other nucleic acid sample. Accordingly, certain implementations of the technology disclosed provide higher throughput polynucleotide sequencing, for instance, higher rates of collection of DNA or RNA sequence data, greater efficiency in sequence data collection, and/or lower costs of obtaining such sequence data, relative to previously available methodologies. {004351 The technology disclosed uses neural networks to identify the center of a solid-phase nucleic acid cluster and to analyze optical signals that are generated during sequencing of such clusters, to discriminate unambiguously between adjacent, abutting or overlapping clusters in order to assign a sequencing signal to a single, discrete source cluster. These and related implementations thus permit retrieval of meaningful information, such as sequence data, from regions of high- density cluster arrays where useful information could not previously be obtained from such regions due to confounding effects of overlapping or very closely spaced adjacent clusters, including the effects of overlapping signals (e.g., as used in nucleic acid sequencing) emanating therefrom. 00436] As described in greater detail below, in certain implementations there is provided a composition that comprises a solid support having immobilized thereto one or a plurality of nucleic acid clusters as provided herein. Each cluster comprises a plurality of immobilized nucleic acids of the same sequence and has an identifiable center having a detectable center label as provided herein, by which the identifiable center is distinguishable from immobilized nucleic acids in a surrounding region in the cluster. Also described herein are methods for making and using such clusters that have identifiable centers. {004371 The presently disclosed implementations will find uses in numerous situations where advantages are obtained from the ability to identify, determine, annotate, record or otherwise assign the position of a substantially central location within a cluster, such as high-throughput nucleic acid sequencing, development of image analysis algorithms for assigning optical or other signals to discrete source clusters, and other applications where recognition of the center of an immobilized nucleic acid cluster is desirable and beneficial.
100438] In certain implementations, the present invention contemplates methods that relate to high- throughput nucleic acid analysis such as nucleic acid sequence determination (e.g., “‘sequencing”). Exemplary high-throughput nucleic acid analyses include without limitation de novo sequencing, re-sequencing, whole genome sequencing, gene expression analysis, gene expression monitoring, epigenetic analysis, genome methylation analysis, allele specific primer extension (APSE), genetic diversity profiling, whole genome polymorphism discovery and analysis, single nucleotide polymorphism analysis, hybridization based sequence determination methods, and the like. One skilled in the art will appreciate that a variety of different nucleic acids can be analyzed using the methods and compositions of the present invention.
100439] Although the implementations of the present invention are described in relation to nucleic acid sequencing, they are applicable in any field where image data acquired at different time points, spatial locations or other temporal or physical perspectives is analyzed. For example, the {5 methods and systems described herein are useful in the fields of molecular and cell biology where image data from microarrays, biological specimens, cells, organisms and the like is acquired and at different time points or perspectives and analyzed. Images can be obtained using any number of techniques known in the art including, but not limited to, fluorescence microscopy, light microscopy, confocal microscopy, optical imaging, magnetic resonance imaging, tomography scanning or the like. As another example, the methods and systems described herein can be applied where image data obtained by surveillance, aerial or satellite imaging technologies and the like is acquired at different time points or perspectives and analyzed. The methods and systems are particularly useful for analyzing images obtained for a field of view in which the analytes being viewed remain in the same locations relative to each other in the field of view. The analytes may however have characteristics that differ in separate images, for example, the analytes may appear different in separate images of the field of view. For example, the analytes may appear different with regard to the color of a given analyte detected in different images, a change in the intensity of signal detected for a given analyte in different images, or even the appearance of a signal for a given analyte in one image and disappearance of the signal for the analyte in another image.
100449] Examples described herein may be used in various biological or chemical processes and systems for academic or commercial analysis. More specifically, examples described herein may be used in various processes and systems where it is desired to detect an event, property, quality, or characteristic that is indicative of a designated reaction. For example, examples described herein include light detection devices, biosensors, and their components, as well as bioassay systems that operate with biosensors. In some examples, the devices, biosensors and systems may include a flow cell and one or more light sensors that are coupled together (removably or fixedly) in a substantially unitary structure.
100441] The devices, biosensors and bioassay systems may be configured to perform a plurality of designated reactions that may be detected individually or collectively. The devices, biosensors and bioassay systems may be configured to perform numerous cycles in which the plurality of designated reactions occurs in parallel. For example, the devices, biosensors and bioassay systems may be used to sequence a dense array of DNA features through iterative cycles of enzymatic manipulation and light or image detection/acquisition. As such, the devices, biosensors and bioassay systems (¢.g., via one or more cartridges) may include one or more microfluidic channel that delivers reagents or other reaction components in a reaction solution to a reaction site of the devices, biosensors and bioassay systems. In some examples, the reaction solution may be substantially acidic, such as comprising a pH of less than or equal to about 5, or less than or equal to about 4, or less than or equal to about 3. In some other examples, the reaction solution may be substantially alkaline/basic, such as comprising a pH of greater than or equal to about 8, or greater than or equal to about 9, or greater than or equal to about 10. As used herein, the term “acidity” and grammatical variants thereof refer to a pH value of less than about 7, and the terms “basicity,” “alkalinity” and grammatical variants thereof refer to a pH value of greater than about 7.
004421 In some examples, the reaction sites are provided or spaced apart in a predetermined manner, such as in a uniform or repeating pattern. In some other examples, the reaction sites are randomly distributed. Each of the reaction sites may be associated with one or more light guides and one or more light sensors that detect light from the associated reaction site. In some examples, the reaction sites are located in reaction recesses or chambers, which may at least partially compartmentalize the designated reactions therein.
[004431 As used herein, a “designated reaction” includes a change in at least one of a chemical, electrical, physical, or optical property (or quality) of a chemical or biological substance of interest, such as an analyte-of-interest. In particular examples, a designated reaction is a positive binding event, such as incorporation of a fluorescently labeled biomolecule with an analyte-of- interest, for example. More generally, a designated reaction may be a chemical transformation, chemical change, or chemical interaction. A designated reaction may also be a change in electrical properties. In particular examples, a designated reaction includes the incorporation of a tfluorescently-labeled molecule with an analyte. The analyte may be an oligonucleotide and the fluorescently-labeled molecule may be a nucleotide. A designated reaction may be detected when an excitation light is directed toward the oligonucleotide having the labeled nucleotide, and the fluorophore emits a detectable fluorescent signal. In alternative examples, the detected fluorescence is a result of chemiluminescence or bioluminescence. A designated reaction may also increase fluorescence (or Forster) resonance energy transfer (FRET), for example, by bringing a donor fluorophore in proximity to an acceptor fluorophore, decrease FRET by separating donor and acceptor fluorophores, increase fluorescence by separating a quencher from a fluorophore, or decrease fluorescence by co-locating a quencher and fluorophore.
[00444] As used herein, a “reaction solution,” “reaction component” or “reactant” includes any substance that may be used to obtain at least one designated reaction. For example, potential reaction components include reagents, enzymes, samples, other biomolecules, and buffer solutions, for example. The reaction components may be delivered to a reaction site in a solution and/or immobilized at a reaction site. The reaction components may interact directly or indirectly with another substance, such as an analyte-of-interest immobilized at a reaction site. As noted above, IO the reaction solution may be substantially acidic (i.e., include a relatively high acidity) (e.g., comprising a pH of less than or equal to about 5, a pH less than or equal to about 4, or a pH less than or equal to about 3) or substantially alkaline/basic (i.e., include a relatively high alkalinity/basicity) (e.g., comprising a pH of greater than or equal to about 8, a pH of greater than or equal to about 9, or a pH of greater than or equal to about 10).
[00445] As used herein, the term “reaction site” is a localized region where at least one designated reaction may occur. A reaction site may include support surfaces of a reaction structure or substrate where a substance may be immobilized thereon. For example, a reaction site may include a surface of a reaction structure {which may be positioned in a channel of a flow cell) that has a reaction component thereon, such as a colony of nucleic acids thereon. In some such examples, the nucleic acids in the colony have the same sequence, being for example, clonal copies of a single stranded or double stranded template. However, in some examples a reaction site may contain only a single nucleic acid molecule, for example, in a single stranded or double stranded form.
[00446] A plurality of reaction sites may be randomly distributed along the reaction structure or arranged in a predetermined manner (e.g., side-by-side in a matrix, such as in microarrays). A reaction site can also include a reaction chamber or recess that at least partially defines a spatial region or volume configured to compartmentalize the designated reaction. As used herein, the term “reaction chamber” or “reaction recess” includes a defined spatial region of the support structure {which is often in fluid communication with a flow channel). A reaction recess may be at least partially separated from the surrounding environment other or spatial regions. For example, a plurality of reaction recesses may be separated from each other by shared walls, such as a detection surface. As a more specific example, the reaction recesses may be nanowells comprising an indent, pit, well, groove, cavity or depression defined by interior surfaces of a detection surface and have an opening or aperture (i.e., be open-sided) so that the nanowells can be in fluid communication with a flow channel.
{00447 In some examples, the reaction recesses of the reaction structure are sized and shaped relative to solids (including semi-solids) so that the solids may be inserted, fully or partially,
therein. For example, the reaction recesses may be sized and shaped to accommodate a capture bead. The capture bead may have clonally amplified DNA or other substances thereon.
Alternatively, the reaction recesses may be sized and shaped to receive an approximate number of beads or solid substrates. As another example, the reaction recesses may be filled with a porous gel or substance that is configured to control diffusion or filter fluids or solutions that may flow into the reaction recesses.
[004481 In some examples, light sensors (eg. photodiodes) are associated with corresponding reaction sites. A light sensor that is associated with a reaction site is configured to detect light emissions from the associated reaction site via at least one light guide when a designated reaction IO has occurred at the associated reaction site. In some cases, a plurality of light sensors (e.g. several pixels of a light detection or camera device) may be associated with a single reaction site. In other cases, a single light sensor (e.g. a single pixel) may be associated with a single reaction site or with a group of reaction sites. The light sensor, the reaction site, and other features of the biosensor may be configured so that at least some of the light is directly detected by the light sensor without being reflected.
{ooa491 As used herein, a “biological or chemical substance” includes biomolecules, samples-of- interest, analytes-of-interest, and other chemical compound(s). A biological or chemical substance may be used to detect, identify, or analyze other chemical compound(s), or function as intermediaries to study or analyze other chemical compound(s). In particular examples, the biological or chemical substances include a biomolecule. As used herein, a “biomolecule” includes at least one of a biopolymer, nucleoside, nucleic acid, polynucleotide, oligonucleotide, protein, enzyme, polypeptide, antibody, antigen, ligand, receptor, polysaccharide, carbohydrate, polyphosphate, cell, tissue, organism, or fragment thereof or any other biologically active chemical compound(s) such as analogs or mimetics of the aforementioned species. In a further example, a biological or chemical substance or a biomolecule includes an enzyme or reagent used in a coupled reaction to detect the product of another reaction such as an enzyme or reagent, such as an enzyme or reagent used to detect pyrophosphate in a pyrosequencing reaction. Enzymes and reagents useful for pyrophosphate detection are described, for example, in U.S. Patent Publication No. 2005/0244870 Al, which is incorporated by reference in its entirety.
100450] Biomolecules, samples, and biological or chemical substances may be naturally occurring or synthetic and may be suspended in a solution or mixture within a reaction recess or region. Biomolecules, samples, and biological or chemical substances may also be bound to a solid phase or gel material. Biomolecules, samples, and biological or chemical substances may also include a pharmaceutical composition. In some cases, biomolecules, samples, and biological or chemical substances of interest may be referred to as targets, probes, or analytes.
{004511 As used herein, a “biosensor” includes a device that includes a reaction structure with a plurality of reaction sites that is configured to detect designated reactions that occur at or proximate to the reaction sites. A biosensor may include a solid-state light detection or “imaging” device (e.g., CCD or CMOS light detection device) and, optionally, a flow cell mounted thereto.
The flow cell may include at least one flow channel that is in fluid communication with the reaction sites. As one specific example, the biosensor is configured to fluidically and electrically couple to a bioassay system. The bioassay system may deliver a reaction solution to the reaction sites according to a predetermined protocol {e.g., sequencing-by-synthesis) and perform a plurality of imaging events. For example, the bioassay system may direct reaction solutions to flow along the reaction sites. At least one of the reaction solutions may include four types of nucleotides having the same or different fluorescent labels. The nucleotides may bind to the reaction sites, such as to corresponding oligonucleotides at the reaction sites. The bioassay system may then illuminate the reaction sites using an excitation light source (e.g., solid-state light sources, such as light- emitting diodes (LEDs)). The excitation light may have a predetermined wavelength or wavelengths, including a range of wavelengths. The fluorescent labels excited by the incident excitation light may provide emission signals (e.g.. light of a wavelength or wavelengths that differ from the excitation light and, potentially, each other) that may be detected by the light sensors. 004521 As used herein, the term “immobilized,” when used with respect to a biomolecule or biological or chemical substance, includes substantially attaching the biomolecule or biological or chemical substance at a molecular level to a surface, such as to a detection surface of a light detection device or reaction structure. For example, a biomolecule or biological or chemical substance may be immobilized to a surface of the reaction structure using adsorption techniques including non-covalent interactions (e.g., electrostatic forces, van der Waals, and dehydration of hydrophobic interfaces) and covalent binding techniques where functional groups or linkers facilitate attaching the biomolecules to the surface. Immobilizing biomolecules or biological or chemical substances to the surface may be based upon the properties of the surface, the liquid medium carrying the biomolecule or biological or chemical substance, and the properties of the biomolecules or biological or chemical substances themselves. In some cases, the surface may be functionalized {e.g., chemically or physically modified) to facilitate immobilizing the biomolecules (or biological or chemical substances) to the surface.
[00453] In some examples, nucleic acids can be immobilized (o the reaction structure, such as to surfaces of reaction recesses thereof. In particular examples, the devices, biosensors, bioassay systems and methods described herein may include the use of natural nucleotides and also enzymes that are configured to interact with the natural nucleotides. Natural nucleotides include, for example, ribonucleotides or deoxyribonucleotides. Natural nucleotides can be in the mono-, di-, or tri-phosphate form and can have a base selected from adenine (A), Thymine (T), uracil (U),
guanine (G) or cytosine (C). It will be understood, however, that non-natural nucleotides, modified nucleotides or analogs of the aforementioned nucleotides can be used. 100454] As noted above, a biomolecule or biological or chemical substance may be immobilized at a reaction site in a reaction recess of a reaction structure.
Such a biomolecule or biological substance may be physically held or immobilized within the reaction recesses through an interference fit, adhesion, covalent bond, or entrapment.
Examples of items or solids that may be disposed within the reaction recesses include polymer beads, pellets, agarose gel, powders, quantum dots, or other solids that may be compressed and/or held within the reaction chamber.
In certain implementations, the reaction recesses may be coated or filled with a hydrogel layer capable of covalently binding DNA oligonucleotides.
In particular examples, a nucleic acid superstructure, such as a DNA ball, can be disposed in or at a reaction recess, for example, by attachment to an interior surface of the reaction recess or by residence in a liquid within the reaction recess.
A DNA ball or other nucleic acid superstructure can be performed and then disposed in or at a reaction recess.
Alternatively, a DNA ball can be synthesized in situ at a reaction recess.
A substance that is immobilized in a reaction recess can be in a solid, liquid, or gaseous state. {004551 As used herein, the term “analyte” is intended to mean a point or area in a pattern that can be distinguished from other points or areas according to relative location.
An individual analyte can include one or more molecules of a particular type.
For example, an analyte can include a single target nucleic acid molecule having a particalar sequence or an analyte can include several nucleic acid molecules having the same sequence (and/or complementary sequence, thereof). Different molecules that are at different analytes of a pattern can be differentiated from each other according to the locations of the analytes in the pattern.
Example analytes include without limitation, wells in a substrate, beads (or other particles) in or on a substrate, projections from a substrate, ridges on a substrate, pads of gel material on a substrate, or channels in a substrate. {00456] Any of a variety of target analytes that are to be detected, characterized, or identified can be used in an apparatus, system or method set forth herein.
Exemplary analytes include, but are not limited to, nucleic acids {e.g., DNA, RNA or analogs thereof), proteins, polysaccharides, cells, antibodies, epitopes, receptors, ligands, enzymes (e.g. kinases, phosphatases or polymerases), small molecule drug candidates, cells, viruses, organisms, or the like. 4571 The terms “analyte”, “nucleic acid”, “nucleic acid molecule”, and “polynucleotide” are used interchangeably herein.
In various implementations, nucleic acids may be used as templates as provided herein (e.g., a nucleic acid template, or a nucleic acid complement that is complementary to a nucleic acid nucleic acid template) for particular types of nucleic acid analysis,
including but not limited to nucleic acid amplification, nucleic acid expression analysis, and/or nucleic acid sequence determination or suitable combinations thereof.
Nucleic acids in certain implementations include, for instance, linear polymers of deoxyribonucleotides in 3'-5' phosphodiester or other linkages, such as deoxyribonucleic acids (DNA), for example, single- and double-stranded DNA, genomic DNA, copy DNA or complementary DNA (cDNA), recombinant DNA, or any form of synthetic or modified DNA. In other implementations, nucleic acids include for instance, linear polymers of ribonucleotides in 3'-5' phosphodiester or other linkages such as ribonucleic acids (RNA), for example, single- and double-stranded RNA, messenger (mRNA), copy RNA or complementary RNA (cRNA), alternatively spliced mRNA, ribosomal RNA, small nucleolar RNA (snoRNA), microRNAs (miRNA), small interfering RNAs (sSRNA), piwi RNAs (piRNA), or any form of synthetic or modified RNA. Nucleic acids used in the compositions and methods of the present invention may vary in length and may be intact or full-length molecules or fragments or smaller parts of larger nucleic acid molecules. In particular implementations, a nucleic acid may have one or more detectable labels, as described elsewhere herein. joo4ss] The terms “analyte”, “cluster”, “nucleic acid cluster”, “nucleic acid colony”, and “DNA cluster” are used interchangeably and refer to a plurality of copies of a nucleic acid template and/or complements thereof attached to a solid support. Typically and in certain preferred implementations, the nucleic acid cluster comprises a plurality of copies of template nucleic acid and/or complements thereof, attached via their 5' termini to the solid support. The copies of nucleic acid strands making up the nucleic acid clusters may be in a single or double stranded form. Copies of a nucleic acid template that are present in a cluster can have nucleotides at corresponding positions that differ from each other, for example, due to presence of a label moiety. The corresponding positions can also contain analog structures having different chemical structure but similar Watson-Crick base-pairing properties, such as is the case for uracil and thymine.
[00459] Colonies of nucleic acids can also be referred to as “nucleic acid clusters”. Nucleic acid colonies can optionally be created by cluster amplification or bridge amplification techniques as set forth in further detail elsewhere herein. Multiple repeats of a target sequence can be present in a single nucleic acid molecule, such as a concatamer created using a rolling circle amplification procedure. 100460] The nucleic acid clusters of the invention can have different shapes, sizes and densities depending on the conditions used. For example, clusters can have a shape that is substantially round, multi-sided, donut-shaped or ring-shaped. The diameter of a nucleic acid cluster can be designed to be from about 0.2 um to about 6 um, about 0.3 um to about 4 um, about 0.4 um to about 3 um, about 0.5 um to about 2 um, about 0.75 um to about 1.5 um, or any intervening diameter. In a particular implementation, the diameter of a nucleic acid cluster is about 0.5 um, about 1 um, about 1.5 um, about 2 um, about 2.5 um, about 3 um, about 4 um, about 5 um, or about 6 um. The diameter of a nucleic acid cluster may be influenced by a number of parameters, including, but not limited to the number of amplification cycles performed in producing the cluster,
the length of the nucleic acid template or the density of primers attached to the surface upon which clusters are formed. The density of nucleic acid clusters can be designed to typically be in the range of 0. Von, Vom), 10/mm?, 100/mm?, 1,000/mm”, 10,000/mm> to 100,000/mm?. The present invention further contemplates, in part, higher density nucleic acid clusters, for example, 100,000/mm’ to 1,000,000/mm? and 1,000,000/mm” to 10,000,000/mm?, 00461] As used herein, an “analyte” is an area of interest within a specimen or field of view. When used in connection with microarray devices or other molecular analytical devices, an analyte refers to the area occupied by similar or identical molecules. For example, an analyte can be an amplified oligonucleotide or any other group of a polynucleotide or polypeptide with a same or similar IO sequence. In other implementations, an analyte can be any element or group of elements that occupy a physical area on a specimen. For example, an analyte could be a parcel of land, a body of water or the like. When an analyte is imaged, each analyte will have some area. Thus, in many implementations, an analyte is not merely one pixel.
[00462] The distances between analytes can be described in any number of ways. In some implementations, the distances between analytes can be described from the center of one analyte to the center of another analyte. In other implementations, the distances can be described from the edge of one analyte to the edge of another analyte, or between the outer-most identifiable points of each analyte. The edge of an analyte can be described as the theoretical or actual physical boundary on a chip, or some point inside the boundary of the analyte. In other implementations, the distances can be described in relation to a fixed point on the specimen or in the image of the specimen.
[00463] Generally several implementations will be described herein with respect to a method of analysis. It will be understood that systems are also provided for carrying out the methods in an automated or semi-automated way. Accordingly, this disclosure provides neural network-based template generation and base calling systems, wherein the systems can include a processor; a storage device; and a program for image analysis, the program including instructions for carrying out one or more of the methods set forth herein. Accordingly, the methods set forth herein can be carried out on a computer, for example, having components set forth herein or otherwise known in the art. {00464 The methods and systems set forth herein are useful for analyzing any of a variety of objects. Particularly useful objects are solid supports or solid-phase surfaces with attached analytes. The methods and systems set forth herein provide advantages when used with objects having a repeating pattern of analytes in an xy plane. An example is a microarray having an attached collection of cells, viruses, nucleic acids, proteins, antibodies, carbohydrates, small molecules (such as drug candidates), biologically active molecules or other analytes of interest.
{o04651 An increasing number of applications have been developed for arrays with analytes having biological molecules such as nucleic acids and polypeptides. Such microarrays typically include deoxyribonucleic acid (DNA) or ribonucleic acid (RNA) probes.
These are specific for nucleotide sequences present in humans and other organisms.
In certain applications, for example, individual DNA or RNA probes can be attached at individual analytes of an array.
A test sample, such as from a known person or organism, can be exposed to the array, such that target nucleic acids (e.g., gene fragments, mRNA, or amplicons thereof) hybridize to complementary probes at respective analytes in the array.
The probes can be labeled in a target specific process (e.g., due to labels present on the target nucleic acids or due to enzymatic labeling of the probes or targets that are present in hybridized form at the analytes). The array can then be examined by scanning specific frequencies of light over the analytes to identify which target nucleic acids are present in the
IO sample. 100466] Biological microarrays may be used for genetic sequencing and similar applications.
In general, genetic sequencing comprises determining the order of nucleotides in a length of target nucleic acid, such as a fragment of DNA or RNA.
Relatively short sequences are typically sequenced at each analyte, and the resulting sequence information may be used in various
{5 bioinformatics methods to logically fit the sequence fragments together so as to reliably determine the sequence of much more extensive lengths of genetic material from which the fragments were derived.
Automated, computer-based algorithms for characteristic fragments have been developed, and have been used more recently in genome mapping, identification of genes and their function, and so forth.
Microarrays are particularly useful for characterizing genomic content because a large number of variants are present and this supplants the alternative of performing many experiments on individual probes and targets.
The microarray is an ideal format for performing such investigations in a practical manner. [004671 Any of a variety of analyte arrays (also referred to as “microarrays”’) known in the art can be used in a method or system set forth herein.
A typical array contains analytes, each having an individual probe or a population of probes.
In the latter case, the population of probes at each analyte is typically homogenous having a single species of probe.
For example, in the case of a nucleic acid array, each analyte can have multiple nucleic acid molecules each having a common sequence.
However, in some implementations the populations at each analyte of an array can be heterogeneous.
Similarly, protein arrays can have analytes with a single protein or a population of proteins typically, but not always, having the same amino acid sequence.
The probes can be attached to the surface of an array for example, via covalent linkage of the probes to the surface or via non-covalent interaction(s) of the probes with the surface.
In some implementations, probes, such as nucleic acid molecules, can be attached to a surface via a gel layer as described, for example, in U.S. patent application Ser.
No. 13/784,368 and US Pat.
App.
Pub.
No. 2011/0059865
Al, each of which is incorporated herein by reference.
{oo4681 Example arrays include, without limitation, a BeadChip Array available from [lumina Inc. (San Diego, Calif.) or others such as those where probes are attached to beads that are present on a surface (e.g. beads in wells on a surface) such as those described in U.S. Pat. No. 6,266,459; 6,355,431; 6,770,441: 6,859,570: or 7,622,294; or PCT Publication No. WO 00/63437, each of which is incorporated herein by reference. Further examples of commercially available microarrays that can be used include, for example, an Affymetrix® GeneChip® microarray or other microarray synthesized in accordance with techniques sometimes referred to as VLSIPS™ {Very Large Scale Immobilized Polymer Synthesis) technologies. A spotted microarray can also be used in a method or system according to some implementations of the present disclosure. An example spotted microarray is a CodeLink™ Array available from Amersham Biosciences. Another microarray that is useful is one that is manufactured using inkjet printing methods such as SurePrint™ Technology available from Agilent Technologies.
[00469] Other useful arrays include those that are used in nucleic acid sequencing applications. For example, arrays having amplicons of genomic fragments (often referred to as clusters) are particularly useful such as those described in Bentley et al., Nature 456:53-59 (2008), WO 04/018497; WO 91/06678; WO 07/123744; U.S. Pat. No. 7,329,492: 7,211,414; 7,315,019; 7,405,281, or 7,057,026; or US Pat. App. Pub. No. 2008/0108082 Al, each of which is incorporated herein by reference. Another type of array that is useful for nucleic acid sequencing is an array of particles produced from an emulsion PCR technique. Examples are described in Dressman et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 100:8817-8822 (2003), WO 05/010145, US Pat. App. Pub. No. 2005/0130173 or US Pat. App. Pub. No. 2005/0064460, each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
[00479] Arrays used for nucleic acid sequencing often have random spatial patterns of nucleic acid analytes. For example, HiSeq or MiSeq sequencing platforms available from lllumima Inc. (San Diego, Calif.) utilize flow cells upon which nucleic acid arrays are formed by random seeding followed by bridge amplification. However, patterned arrays can also be used for nucleic acid sequencing or other analytical applications. Example patterned arrays, methods for their manufacture and methods for their use are set forth in U.S. Ser. No. 13/787,396; U.S. Ser. No. 13/783,043; U.S. Ser. No. 13/784,368; US Pat. App. Pub. No. 2013/0116153 A1; and US Pat. App.
Pub. No. 2012/0316086 A1, each of which is incorporated herein by reference. The analytes of such patterned arrays can be used to capture a single nucleic acid template molecule to seed subsequent formation of a homogenous colony, for example, via bridge amplification. Such patterned arrays are particularly useful for nucleic acid sequencing applications. {004711 The size of an analyte on an array (or other object used in a method or system herein) can be selected to suit a particular application. For example, in some implementations, an analyte of an array can have a size that accommodates only a single nucleic acid molecule. A surface having a plurality of analytes in this size range is useful for constructing an array of molecules for detection at single molecule resolution.
Analytes in this size range are also useful for use in arrays having analytes that each contain a colony of nucleic acid molecules.
Thus, the analytes of an array can each have an area that is no larger than about 1 mm’, no larger than about 500 um’, no larger than about 100 um’, no larger than about 10 um’, no larger than about 1 um’, no larger than about 500 nm’, or no larger than about 100 nm’, no larger than about 10 nm? no larger than about 5 nm’, or no larger than about 1 nm’. Alternatively or additionally, the analytes of an array will be no smaller than about 1 mm’, no smaller than about 500 pm’, no smaller than about 100 um’, no smaller than about 10 pm’, no smaller than about 1 um’, no smaller than about 500 nm”, no smaller than about
100 nm’, no smaller than about 10 nm’, no smaller than about 5 nm’, or no smaller than about 1 nm’. Indeed, an analyte can have a size that is in a range between an upper and lower limit selected from those exemplified above.
Although several size ranges for analytes of a surface have been exemplified with respect to nucleic acids and on the scale of nucleic acids, it will be understood that analytes in these size ranges can be used for applications that do not include nucleic acids.
It will be further understood that the size of the analytes need not necessarily be confined to a scale used for nucleic acid applications. foo4721 For implementations that include an object having a plurality of analytes, such as an array of analytes, the analytes can be discrete, being separated with spaces between each other.
An array useful in the invention can have analytes that are separated by edge to edge distance of at most 100
29 um, 50 pm, 10 um, 5 um, 1 um, 0.5 um, or less.
Alternatively or additionally, an array can have analytes that are separated by an edge to edge distance of at least 0.5 um, 1 um, 5 um, 10 um, 50 um, 100 um, or more.
These ranges can apply to the average edge to edge spacing for analytes as well as to the minimum or maximum spacing. [004731 In some implementations the analytes of an array need not be discrete and instead neighboring analytes can abut each other.
Whether or not the analytes are discrete, the size of the analytes and/or pitch of the analytes can vary such that arrays can have a desired density.
For example, the average analyte pitch in a regular pattern can be at most 100 pm, 50 pm, 10 pm, 5 um, 1 um, 0.5 pm, or less.
Alternatively or additionally, the average analyte pitch in a regular pattern can be at least 0.5 um, 1 um, 5 um, 10 um, 50 um, 100 pm, or more.
These ranges can apply to the maximum or minimum pitch for a regular pattern as well.
For example, the maximum analyte pitch for a regular pattern can be at most 100 um, 50 pm, 10 pm, 5 um, ! um, 0.5 pm, or less; and/or the minimum analyte pitch in a regular pattern can be at least 0.5 um, 1 um, 5 um, 10 um, 50 um, 100 um, or more. {004741 The density of analytes in an array can also be understood in terms of the number of analytes present per unit area.
For example, the average density of analytes for an array can be at least about 1x10° analytes/mm’, 1x10% analytes/mm?, 1x 10 analytes/mm’, 1x10° analytes/mm?,
1x10 analytes/mnr, 1x10% analytes/mm?, or 1x10” analytes/mm”, or higher. Alternatively or additionally the average density of analytes for an array can be at most about 1x10" analytes/mm’, 1x10° analytes/mm®, 1x10 analytes/mm?, 1x10° analytes/mm?, 1x10° analytes/mm?, 1x10" analytes/mm’, or 1x10” analytes/mm’’, or less. 100475] The above ranges can apply to all or part of a regular pattern including, for example, all or part of an array of analytes. [oo476] The analytes in a pattern can have any of a variety of shapes. For example, when observed in a two dimensional plane, such as on the surface of an array, the analytes can appear rounded, circular, oval, rectangular, square, symmetric, asymmetric, triangular, polygonal, or the like. The analytes can be arranged in a regular repeating pattern including, for example, a hexagonal or rectilinear pattern. A pattern can be selected to achieve a desired level of packing. For example, round analytes are optimally packed in a hexagonal arrangement. Of course other packing arrangements can also be used for round analytes and vice versa.
[00477] A pattern can be characterized in terms of the number of analytes that are present in a subset that forms the smallest geometric unit of the pattern. The subset can include, for example, at least about 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 10 or more analytes. Depending upon the size and density of the analytes the geometric unit can occupy an area of less than 1 mm’, 500 um”, 100 um’, 50 pnt’, 10 um’, 1 um’, 500 nm’, 100 nm’, 50 ame, 10 nm? or less. Alternatively or additionally, the geometric unit can occupy an area of greater than 10 nm’, 50 nm’, 100 nm’, 500 nm>, 1 pm’, 10 un, 50 um’, 100 um’, 500 um’, 1 mn’, or more. Characteristics of the analytes in a geometric unit, such as shape, size, pitch and the like, can be selected from those set forth herein more generally with regard to analytes in an array or pattern.
[00478] An array having a regular pattern of analytes can be ordered with respect to the relative locations of the analytes but random with respect to one or more other characteristic of each analyte. For example, in the case of a nucleic acid array, the nuclei acid analytes can be ordered with respect to their relative locations but random with respect to one’s knowledge of the sequence for the nucleic acid species present at any particular analyte. As a more specific example, nucleic acid arrays formed by seeding a repeating pattern of analytes with template nucleic acids and amplifying the template at each analyte to form copies of the template at the analyte (e.g., via cluster amplification or bridge amplification) will have a regular pattern of nucleic acid analytes but will be random with regard to the distribution of sequences of the nucleic acids across the array. Thus, detection of the presence of nucleic acid material generally on the array can yield a repeating pattern of analytes, whereas sequence specific detection can yield non-repeating distribution of signals across the array.
{004797 It will be understood that the description herein of patterns, order, randomness and the like pertain not only to analytes on objects, such as analytes on arrays, but also to analytes in images.
As such, patterns, order, randomness and the like can be present in any of a variety of formats that are used to store, manipulate or communicate image data including, but not limited to, a computer readable medium or computer component such as a graphical user interface or other output device. 100480] As used herein, the term “image” is intended to mean a representation of all or part of an object. The representation can be an optically detected reproduction. For example, an image can be obtained from fluorescent, luminescent, scatter, or absorption signals. The part of the object that is present in an image can be the surface or other xy plane of the object. Typically, an image is a 2 dimensional representation, but in some cases information in the image can be derived from 3 or more dimensions. An image need not include optically detected signals. Non-optical signals can be present instead. An image can be provided in a computer readable format or medium such as one or more of those set forth elsewhere herein.
[00481] As used herein, “image” refers to a reproduction or representation of at least a portion of a specimen or other object. In some implementations, the reproduction is an optical reproduction, for example, produced by a camera or other optical detector. The reproduction can be a non-optical reproduction, for example, a representation of electrical signals obtained from an array of nanopore analytes or a representation of electrical signals obtained from an ion-sensitive CMOS detector. In particular implementations non-optical reproductions can be excluded from a method or apparatus set forth herein. An image can have a resolution capable of distinguishing analytes of a specimen that are present at any of a variety of spacings including, for example, those that are separated by less than 100 um, 50 um, 10 wm, 5 um, 1 um or 0.5 pum.
[00482] As used herein, “acquiring”, “acquisition” and like terms refer to any part of the process of obtaining an image file. In some implementations, data acquisition can include generating an image of a specimen, looking for a signal in a specimen, instructing a detection device to look for or generate an image of a signal, giving instructions for further analysis or transformation of an image file, and any number of transformations or manipulations of an image file. {004831 As used herein, the term “template” refers to a representation of the location or relation between signals or analytes. Thus, in some implementations, a template is a physical grid with a representation of signals corresponding to analytes in a specimen. In some implementations, a template can be a chart, table, text file or other computer file indicative of locations corresponding to analytes. In implementations presented herein, a template is generated in order to track the location of analytes of a specimen across a set of images of the specimen captured at different reference points. For example, a template could be a set of x,y coordinates or a set of values that describe the direction and/or distance of one analyte with respect to another analyte. {004841 As used herein, the term “specimen” can refer to an object or area of an object of which an image is captured. For example, in implementations where images are taken of the surface of the earth, a parcel of land can be a specimen. In other implementations where the analysis of biological molecules is performed in a flow cell, the flow cell may be divided into any number of subdivisions, each of which may be a specimen. For example, a flow cell may be divided into various flow channels or lanes, and each lane can be further divided into 2, 3,4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60 70, 80, 90, 100, 110, 120, 140, 160, 180, 200, 400, 600, 800, 1000 or more separate regions that are imaged. One example of a flow cell has 8 lanes, with each lane divided into 120 specimens or tiles. In another implementation, a specimen may be made up of a plurality of tiles or even an entire flow cell. Thus, the image of each specimen can represent a region of a larger surface that is imaged. {004851 It will be appreciated that references to ranges and sequential number lists described herein include not only the enumerated number but all real numbers between the enumerated numbers. 100486] As used herein, a “reference point” refers to any temporal or physical distinction between images. In a preferred implementation, a reference point is a time point. In a more preferred implementation, a reference point is a time point or cycle during a sequencing reaction. However, the term “reference point” can include other aspects that distinguish or separate images, such as angle, rotational, temporal, or other aspects that can distinguish or separate images. {004871 As used herein, a “subset of images” refers to a group of images within a set. For example, a subset may contain 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60 or any number of images selected from a set of images. In particular implementations, a subset may contain no more than 1, 2,3,4,6,8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60 or any number of images selected from a set of images. In a preferred implementation, images are obtained from one or more sequencing cycles with four images correlated to each cycle. Thus, for example, a subset could be a group of 16 images obtained through four cycles.
[00488] A base refers to a nucleotide base or nucleotide, A (adenine), C (cytosine), T (thymine), or G (guanine). This application uses “base(s)” and “nucleotide(s)” interchangeably.
ooe891 The term “chromosome” refers to the heredity-bearing gene carrier of a living cell, which is derived from chromatin strands comprising DNA and protein components (especially histones). The conventional internationally recognized individual human genome chromosome numbering system is employed herein. 100490] The term “site” refers to a unique position (e.g., chromosome ID, chromosome position and orientation) on a reference genome. In some implementations, a site may be a residue, a sequence tag, or a segment’s position on a sequence. The term “locus” may be used to refer to the specific location of a nucleic acid sequence or polymorphism on a reference chromosome. fooa911 The term “sample” herein refers to a sample, typically derived from a biological fluid, cell, tissue, organ, or organism containing a nucleic acid or a mixture of nucleic acids containing at least one nucleic acid sequence that is to be sequenced and/or phased. Such samples include, but are not limited to sputum/oral fluid, amniotic fluid, blood, a blood fraction, fine needle biopsy samples
(e.g., surgical biopsy, fine needle biopsy, etc.), urine, peritoneal fluid, pleural fluid, tissue explant, organ culture and any other tissue or cell preparation, or fraction or derivative thereof or isolated therefrom. Although the sample is often taken from a human subject (e.g., patient), samples can be taken from any organism having chromosomes, including, but not limited to dogs, cats, horses, goats, sheep, cattle, pigs, etc. The sample may be used directly as obtained from the biological source or following a pretreatment to modify the character of the sample. For example, such pretreatment may include preparing plasma from blood, diluting viscous fluids and so forth. Methods of pretreatment may also involve, but are not limited to, filtration, precipitation, dilution, distillation, mixing, centrifugation, freezing, lyophilization, concentration, amplification, nucleic acid fragmentation, inactivation of interfering components, the addition of reagents, lysing, etc. (00492) The term “sequence” inclades or represents a strand of nucleotides coupled to each other. The nucleotides may be based on DNA or RNA. It should be understood that one sequence may include multiple sub-sequences. For example, a single sequence (e.g., of a PCR amplicon) may have 350 nucleotides. The sample read may include multiple sub-sequences within these 350 nucleotides. For instance, the sample read may include first and second flanking subsequences having, for example, 20-50 nucleotides. The first and second flanking sub-sequences may be located on either side of a repetitive segment having a corresponding sub-sequence (e.g., 40-100 nucleotides). Each of the flanking sub-sequences may include {or include portions of) a primer sub-seguence {(e.g., 10-30 nucleotides). For ease of reading, the term “sub-sequence” will be referred to as “sequence,” but it is understood that two sequences are not necessarily separate from each other on a common strand. To differentiate the various sequences described herein, the sequences may be given different labels (e.g., target sequence, primer sequence, flanking sequence, reference sequence, and the like). Other terms, such as “allele,” may be given different labels to differentiate between like objects. The application uses “read(s)” and “sequence read(s)” interchangeably.
{004931 The term “paired-end sequencing” refers to sequencing methods that sequence both ends of a target fragment. Paired-end sequencing may facilitate detection of genomic rearrangements and repetitive segments, as well as gene fusions and novel transcripts. Methodology for paired-end sequencing are described in PCT publication WO07010252, PCT application Serial No.
PCTGB2007/003798 and US patent application publication US 2009/0088327, each of which is incorporated by reference herein. In one example, a series of operations may be performed as follows; (a) generate clusters of nucleic acids; (b) linearize the nucleic acids; (c) hybridize a first sequencing primer and carry out repeated cycles of extension, scanning and deblocking, as set forth above; (d) “invert” the target nucleic acids on the flow cell surface by synthesizing a complimentary copy; (e) linearize the resynthesized strand; and (f) hybridize a second sequencing primer and carry out repeated cycles of extension, scanning and deblocking, as set forth above. The inversion operation can be carried out be delivering reagents as set forth above for a single cycle of bridge amplification. 100494] The term “reference genome” or “reference sequence” refers to any particular known genome sequence, whether partial or complete, of any organism which may be used to reference identified sequences from a subject. For example, a reference genome used for human subjects as well as many other organisms is found at the National Center for Biotechnology Information at ncbi.nlm.pih.gov. A “genome” refers to the complete genetic information of an organism or virus, expressed in nucleic acid sequences. A genome includes both the genes and the noncoding sequences of the DNA. The reference sequence may be larger than the reads that are aligned to it.
For example, it may be at least about 100 times larger, or at least about 1000 times larger, or at least about 10,000 times larger, or at least about 105 times larger, or at least about 106 times larger, or at least about 107 times larger. In one example, the reference genome sequence is that of a full length human genome. In another example, the reference genome sequence is limited to a specific human chromosome such as chromosome 13. In some implementations, a reference chromosome is achromosome sequence from human genome version hg19. Such sequences may be referred to as chromosome reference sequences, although the term reference genome is intended to cover such sequences. Other examples of reference sequences include genomes of other species, as well as chromosomes, sub-chromosomal regions (such as strands), etc., of any species. In various implementations, the reference genome is a consensus sequence or other combination derived from multiple individuals. However, in certain applications, the reference sequence may be taken from a particular individual. In other implementations, the “genome” also covers so-called “graph genomes’, which use a particular storage format and representation of the genome sequence. In one implementation, graph genomes store data in a linear file. In another implementation, the graph genomes refer to a representation where alternative sequences (e.g., different copies of a chromosome with small differences) are stored as different paths in a graph. Additional information regarding graph genome implementations can be found in https://www.biorxiv.org/content/biorxiv/early/2018/03/20/194530 full.pdf, the content of which is hereby incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. 100495] The term “read” refer to a collection of sequence data that describes a fragment of a nucleotide sample or reference. The term “read” may refer to a sample read and/or a reference read. Typically, though not necessarily, a read represents a short sequence of contiguous base pairs in the sample or reference. The read may be represented symbolically by the base pair sequence (in ATCG) of the sample or reference fragment. It may be stored in a memory device and processed as appropriate to determine whether the read matches a reference sequence or meets other criteria. A read may be obtained directly from a sequencing apparatus or indirectly from stored sequence information concerning the sample. In some cases, a read is a DNA sequence of sufficient length
(e.g., at least about 25 bp) that can be used to identify a larger sequence or region, e.g., that can be aligned and specifically assigned to a chromosome or genomic region or gene. 100496] Next-generation sequencing methods include, for example, sequencing by synthesis technology (Illumina), pyrosequencing (454), ion semiconductor technology (lon Torrent sequencing), single-molecule real-time sequencing (Pacific Biosciences) and sequencing by ligation (SOLD sequencing). Depending on the sequencing methods, the length of each read may vary from about 30 bp to more than 10,000 bp. For example, the DNA sequencing method using SOLID sequencer generates nucleic acid reads of about 50 bp. For another example, lon Torrent Sequencing generates nucleic acid reads of up to 400 bp and 454 pyrosequencing generates nucleic acid reads of about 700 bp. For yet another example, single-molecule real-time sequencing methods may generate reads of 10,000 bp to 15,000 bp. Therefore, in certain implementations, the nucleic acid sequence reads have a length of 30-100 bp, 50-200 bp, or 50-400 bp.
[00497] The terms “sample read”, “sample sequence” or “sample fragment” refer to sequence data for a genomic sequence of interest from a sample. For example, the sample read comprises sequence data from a PCR amplicon having a forward and reverse primer sequence. The sequence data can be obtained from any select sequence methodology. The sample read can be, for example, from a sequencing-by-synthesis (SBS) reaction, a sequencing-by-ligation reaction, or any other suitable sequencing methodology for which it is desired to determine the length and/or identity of a repetitive element. The sample read can be a consensus (e.g., averaged or weighted) sequence derived from multiple sample reads. In certain implementations, providing a reference sequence comprises identifying a locus-of-interest based upon the primer sequence of the PCR amplicon.
[00495] The term “raw fragment” refers to sequence data for a portion of a genomic sequence of interest that at least partially overlaps a designated position or secondary position of interest within a sample read or sample fragment. Non-limiting examples of raw fragments include a duplex stitched fragment, a simplex stitched fragment, a duplex un-stitched fragment and a simplex un- stitched fragment. The term “raw” is used to indicate that the raw fragment includes sequence data having some relation to the sequence data in a sample read, regardless of whether the raw fragment exhibits a supporting variant that corresponds to and authenticates or confirms a potential variant in a sample read. The term “raw fragment” does not indicate that the fragment necessarily includes a supporting variant that validates a variant call in a sample read. For example, when a sample read is determined by a variant call application to exhibit a first variant, the variant call application may determine that one or more raw fragments lack a corresponding type of “supporting” variant that may otherwise be expected to occur given the variant in the sample read. {004991 The terms “mapping”, “aligned,” “alignment,” or “aligning” refer to the process of comparing a read or tag to a reference sequence and thereby determining whether the reference sequence contains the read sequence. If the reference sequence contains the read, the read may be mapped to the reference sequence or, in certain implementations, to a particular location in the reference sequence. In some cases, alignment simply tells whether or not a read is a member of a particular reference sequence (i.e, whether the read is present or absent in the reference sequence). For example, the alignment of a read to the reference sequence for human chromosome 13 will tell whether the read is present in the reference sequence for chromosome 13. A tool that provides this information may be called a set membership tester. In some cases, an alignment additionally indicates a location in the reference sequence where the read or tag maps to. For example, if the reference sequence is the whole human genome sequence, an alignment may indicate that a read is present on chromosome 13, and may further indicate that the read is on a particular strand and/or site of chromosome 13.
100500] The term “indel” refers to the insertion and/or the deletion of bases in the DNA of an organism. A micro-indel represents an indel that results in a net change of 1 to 50 nucleotides. In coding regions of the genome, unless the length of an indel is a multiple of 3, it will produce a frameshift mutation. Indels can be contrasted with point mutations. An indel inserts and deletes nucleotides from a sequence, while a point mutation is a form of substitution that replaces one of the nucleotides without changing the overall number in the DNA. Indels can also be contrasted with a Tandem Base Mutation (TBM), which may be defined as substitution at adjacent nucleotides (primarily substitutions at two adjacent nucleotides, but substitutions at three adjacent nucleotides have been observed.
100501] The term “variant” refers to a nucleic acid sequence that is different from a nucleic acid reference. Typical nucleic acid sequence variant includes without limitation single nucleotide polymorphism (SNP), short deletion and insertion polymorphisms (Indel), copy number variation (CNV), microsatellite markers or short tandem repeats and structural variation. Somatic variant calling is the effort to identify variants present at low frequency in the DNA sample. Somatic variant calling is of interest in the context of cancer treatment. Cancer is caused by an accumulation of mutations in DNA. A DNA sample from a tumor is generally heterogeneous, including some normal cells, some cells at an early stage of cancer progression (with fewer mutations), and some late-stage cells (with more mutations). Because of this heterogeneity, when sequencing a tumor {¢.g., from an FFPE sample), somatic mutations will often appear at a low frequency. For example, a SNV might be seen in only 10% of the reads covering a given base. A variant that is to be classified as somatic or germline by the variant classifier is also referred to herein as the “variant under test”.
{o0s021 The term “noise” refers to a mistaken variant call resulting from one or more errors in the sequencing process and/or in the variant call application.
{005037 The term “variant frequency” represents the relative frequency of an allele (variant of a gene) at a particular locus in a population, expressed as a fraction or percentage. For example, the fraction or percentage may be the fraction of all chromosomes in the population that carry that allele. By way of example, sample variant frequency represents the relative frequency of an allele/variant at a particular locus/position along a genomic sequence of interest over a “population” corresponding to the number of reads and/or samples obtained for the genomic sequence of interest from an individual. As another example, a baseline variant frequency represents the relative frequency of an allele/variant at a particular locus/position along one or more baseline genomic sequences where the “population” corresponding to the number of reads and/or samples obtained for the one or more baseline genomic sequences from a population of normal individuals.
IO 00504 The term “variant allele frequency (VAF)” refers to the percentage of sequenced reads observed matching the variant divided by the overall coverage at the target position. VAF is a measure of the proportion of sequenced reads carrying the variant.
{005051 The terms “position”, “designated position”, and “Jocus” refer to a location or coordinate of one or more nucleotides within a sequence of nucleotides. The terms “position”, “designated position”, and “locus” also refer to a location or coordinate of one or more base pairs in a sequence of nucleotides. oose6] The term “haplotype” refers to a combination of alleles at adjacent sites on a chromosome that are inherited together. A haplotype may be one locus, several loci, or an entire chromosome depending on the number of recombination events that have occurred between a given set of loci, if any occurred.
{005671 The term “threshold” herein refers to a numeric or non-numeric value that is used as a cutoff to characterize a sample, a nucleic acid, or portion thereof (e.g., a read). A threshold may be varied based upon empirical analysis. The threshold may be compared to a measured or calculated value to determine whether the source giving rise to such value suggests should be classified in a particular manner. Threshold values can be identified empirically or analytically. The choice of a threshold is dependent on the level of confidence that the user wishes to have to make the classification. The threshold may be chosen for a particular purpose (e.g., to balance sensitivity and selectivity). As used herein, the term “threshold” indicates a point at which a course of analysis may be changed and/or a point at which an action may be triggered. A threshold is not required to be a predetermined number. Instead, the threshold may be, for instance, a function that is based on a plurality of factors. The threshold may be adaptive to the circumstances. Moreover, a threshold may indicate an upper limit, a lower limit, or a range between limits.
{oose8] In some implementations, a metric or score that is based on sequencing data may be compared to the threshold. As used herein, the terms “metric” or “score” may include values or results that were determined from the sequencing data or may include functions that are based on the values or results that were determined from the sequencing data. Like a threshold, the metric or score may be adaptive to the circumstances. For instance, the metric or score may be a normalized value. As an example of a score or metric, one or more implementations may use count scores when analyzing the data. A count score may be based on number of sample reads. The sample reads may have undergone one or more filtering stages such that the sample reads have at least one common characteristic or quality. For example, each of the sample reads that are used to determine a count score may have been aligned with a reference sequence or may be assigned as a potential allele. The number of sample reads having a common characteristic may be counted to determine a read count. Count scores may be based on the read count. In some implementations, the count score may be a value that is equal to the read count. In other implementations, the count score may be based on the read count and other information. For example, a count score may be based on the read count for a particular allele of a genetic locus and a total number of reads for the genetic locus. In some implementations, the count score may be based on the read count and previously- obtained data for the genetic locus. In some implementations, the count scores may be normalized scores between predetermined values. The count score may also be a function of read counts from other loci of a sample or a function of read counts from other samples that were concurrently run with the sample-of-interest. For instance, the count score may be a function of the read count of a particular allele and the read counts of other loci in the sample and/or the read counts from other samples. As one example, the read counts from other loci and/or the read counts from other samples may be used to normalize the count score for the particular allele.
1005091 The terms “coverage” or “fragment coverage” refer to a count or other measure of a number of sample reads for the same fragment of a sequence. A read count may represent a count of the number of reads that cover a corresponding fragment. Alternatively, the coverage may be determined by multiplying the read count by a designated factor that is based on historical knowledge, knowledge of the sample, knowledge of the locus, etc.
ste] The term “read depth” (conventionally a number followed by “x”) refers to the number of sequenced reads with overlapping alignment at the target position. This is often expressed as an average or percentage exceeding a cutoff over a set of intervals (such as exons, genes, or panels). For example, a clinical report might say that a panel average coverage is 1,105x with 98% of targeted bases covered >100x.
[00511] The terms “base call quality score” or “Q score” refer to a PHRED-scaled probability ranging from 0-50 inversely proportional to the probability that a single sequenced base is correct. For example, a T base call with Q of 20 is considered likely correct with a probability of 99.99%. Any base call with Q<20 should be considered low quality, and any variant identified where a substantial proportion of sequenced reads supporting the variant are of low quality should be considered potentially false positive.
005121 The terms “variant reads” or “variant read number” refer to the number of sequenced reads supporting the presence of the variant. 100513] Regarding “strandedness” (or DNA strandedness), the genetic message in DNA can be represented as a string of the letters A, G, C, and T.
For example, 5° - AGGACA - 3’. Often, the sequence is written in the direction shown here, i.e., with the 5’ end to the left and the 3’ end to the right.
DNA may sometimes occur as single-stranded molecule (as in certain viruses), but normally we find DNA as a double-stranded unit.
It has a double helical structure with two antiparallel strands.
In this case, the word “antiparallel” means that the two strands run in parallel, but have opposite polarity.
The double-stranded DNA is held together by pairing between bases and the pairing is always such that adenine (A) pairs with thymine {T) and cytosine (C) pairs with guanine (G). This pairing is referred to as complementarity, and one strand of DNA is said to be the complement of the other.
The double-stranded DNA may thus be represented as two strings, like this: 5’ - AGGACA ~ 3” and 3° — TCCTGT — 5°. Note that the two strands have opposite polarity.
Accordingly, the strandedness of the two DNA strands can be referred to as the reference strand
{5 and its complement, forward and reverse strands, top and bottom strands, sense and antisense strands, or Watson and Crick strands. fo0s141 The reads alignment (also called reads mapping) is the process of figuring out where in the genome a sequence is from.
Once the alignment is performed, the “mapping quality” or the “mapping quality score (MAPQ)” of a given read quantifies the probability that its position on the genome is correct.
The mapping quality is encoded in the phred scale where P is the probability that the alignment is not correct.
The probability is calculated as: P= en where MAPQ is the mapping quality.
For example, a mapping quality of 40 = 10 to the power of -4, meaning that there is a 0.01% chance that the read was aligned incorrectly.
The mapping quality is therefore associated with several alignment factors, such as the base quality of the read, the complexity of the reference genome, and the paired-end information.
Regarding the first, if the base quality of the read is low, it means that the observed sequence might be wrong and thus its alignment is wrong.
Regarding the second, the mappability refers to the complexity of the genome.
Repeated regions are more difficult to map and reads falling in these regions usually get low mapping quality.
In this context, the MAPQ reflects the fact that the reads are not uniquely aligned and that their real origin cannot be determined.
Regarding the third, in case of paired-end sequencing data, concordant pairs are more likely to be well aligned.
The higher is the mapping quality, the better is the alignment.
A read aligned with a good mapping quality usually means that the read sequence was good and was aligned with few mismatches in a high mappability region.
The MAPQ value can be used as a quality control of the alignment results.
The proportion of reads aligned with an MAPQ higher than
20 is usually for downstream analysis.
005151 As used herein, a “signal” refers to a detectable event such as an emission, preferably light emission, for example, in an image. Thus, in preferred implementations, a signal can represent any detectable light emission that is captured in an image (i.e. a “spot”). Thus, as used herein, “signal” can refer to both an actual emission from an analyte of the specimen, and can refer to a spurious emission that does not correlate to an actual analyte. Thus, a signal could arise from noise and could be later discarded as not representative of an actual analyte of a specimen. o0s16] As used herein, the term “clump” refers to a group of signals. In particular implementations, the signals are derived from different analytes. In a preferred implementation, a signal clump is a group of signals that cluster together. In a more preferred implementation, a signal clamp represents a physical region covered by one amplified oligonucleotide. Each signal clump should be ideally observed as several signals (one per template cycle, and possibly more due to cross-talk). Accordingly, duplicate signals are detected where two (or more) signals are included in a template from the same clump of signals.
[00517] As used herein, terms such as “minimum,” “maximum,” “minimize,” “maximize” and grammatical variants thereof can include values that are not the absolute maxima or minima. In some implementations, the values include near maximum and near minimum values. In other implementations, the values can include local maximum and/or local minimum values. In some implementations, the values include only absolute maximum or minimum values. {005181 As used herein, “cross-talk” refers to the detection of signals in one image that are also detected in a separate image. In a preferred implementation, cross-talk can occur when an emitted signal is detected in two separate detection channels. For example, where an emitted signal occurs in one color, the emission spectrum of that signal may overlap with another emitted signal in another color. In a preferred implementation, fluorescent molecules used to indicate the presence of nucleotide bases A, C, G and T are detected in separate channels. However, because the emission spectra of A and C overlap, some of the C color signal may be detected during detection using the A color channel. Accordingly, cross-talk between the A and C signals allows signals from one color image to appear in the other color image. In some implementations, G and T cross-talk. In some implementations, the amount of cross-talk between channels is asymmetric. It will be appreciated that the amount of cross-talk between channels can be controlled by, among other things, the selection of signal molecules having an appropriate emission spectrum as well as selection of the size and wavelength range of the detection channel. [005191 As used herein, “register”, “registering”, “registration” and like terms refer to any process to correlate signals in an image or data set from a first time point or perspective with signals in an image or data set from another time point or perspective. For example, registration can be used to align signals from a set of images to form a template. In another example, registration can be used to align signals from other images to a template. One signal may be directly or indirectly registered to another signal. For example, a signal from image “S” may be registered to image “G” directly. As another example, a signal from image “N” may be directly registered to image “G”, or alternatively, the signal from image “N” may be registered to image “S”, which has previously been registered to image “G”. Thus, the signal from image “N” is indirectly registered to image HG"
[00520] As used herein, the term “fiducial” is intended to mean a distinguishable point of reference in or on an object. The point of reference can be, for example, a mark, second object, shape, edge, area, irregularity, channel, pit, post or the like. The point of reference can be present in an image of the object or in another data set derived from detecting the object. The point of reference can be specified by an x and/or y coordinate in a plane of the object. Alternatively or additionally, the point of reference can be specified by a z coordinate that is orthogonal to the xy plane, for example, being defined by the relative locations of the object and a detector. One or more coordinates for a point of reference can be specified relative to one or more other analytes of an object or of an image or other data set derived from the object.
[005211 As used herein, the term “optical signal” is intended to include, for example, fluorescent, luminescent, scatter, or absorption signals. Optical signals can be detected in the ultraviolet (UV) range (about 200 to 390 nm), visible (VIS) range (about 391 to 770 nm), infrared (IR) range (about
0.771 to 25 microns), or other range of the electromagnetic spectrum. Optical signals can be detected in a way that excludes all or part of one or more of these ranges.
100522] As used herein, the term “signal level” is intended to mean an amount or quantity of detected energy or coded information that has a desired or predefined characteristic. For example, an optical signal can be quantified by one or more of intensity, wavelength, energy, frequency, power, luminance or the like. Other signals can be quantified according to characteristics such as voltage, current, electric field strength, magnetic field strength, frequency, power, temperature, etc.
Absence of signal is understood to be a signal level of zero or a signal level that is not meaningfully distinguished from noise.
{005231 As used herein, the term “simulate” is intended to mean creating a representation or model of a physical thing or action that predicts characteristics of the thing or action. The representation or model can in many cases be distinguishable from the thing or action. For example, the representation or model can be distinguishable from a thing with respect to one or more characteristic such as color, intensity of signals detected from all or part of the thing, size, or shape. In particular implementations, the representation or model can be idealized, exaggerated, muted, or incomplete when compared to the thing or action. Thus, in some implementations, a representation of model can be distinguishable from the thing or action that it represents, for example, with respect to at least one of the characteristics set forth above. The representation or model can be provided in a computer readable format or medium such as one or more of those set forth elsewhere herein. 100524] As used herein, the term “specific signal” is intended to mean detected energy or coded information that is selectively observed over other energy or information such as background energy or information. For example, a specific signal can be an optical signal detected at a particular intensity, wavelength or color; an electrical signal detected at a particular frequency, power or field strength; or other signals known in the art pertaining to spectroscopy and analytical detection. 005251 As used herein, the term “swath” is intended to mean a rectangular portion of an object.
The swath can be an elongated strip that is scanned by relative movement between the object and a detector in a direction that is parallel to the longest dimension of the strip. Generally, the width of the rectangular portion or strip will be constant along its full length. Multiple swaths of an object can be parallel to each other. Multiple swaths of an object can be adjacent to each other, overlapping with each other, abutting each other, or separated from each other by an interstitial area. 00526] As used herein, the term “variance” is intended to mean a difference between that which is expected and that which is observed or a difference between two or more observations. For example, variance can be the discrepancy between an expected value and a measured value. Variance can be represented using statistical functions such as standard deviation, the square of standard deviation, coefficient of variation or the like. 100527] As used herein, the term “xy coordinates” is intended to mean information that specifies location, size, shape, and/or orientation in an xy plane. The information can be, for example, numerical coordinates in a Cartesian system. The coordinates can be provided relative to one or both of the x and y axes or can be provided relative to another location in the xy plane. For example, coordinates of a analyte of an object can specify the location of the analyte relative to location of a fiducial or other analyte of the object. {005281 As used herein, the term “xy plane” is intended to mean a 2 dimensional area defined by straight line axes x and y. When used in reference to a detector and an object observed by the detector, the area can be further specified as being orthogonal to the direction of observation between the detector and object being detected. [005291 As used herein, the term “z coordinate” is intended to mean information that specifies the location of a point, line or area along an axes that is orthogonal to an xy plane. In particular implementations, the z axis is orthogonal to an area of an object that is observed by a detector. For example, the direction of focus for an optical system may be specified along the z axis.
{005397 In some implementations, acquired signal data is transformed using an affine transformation. In some such implementations, template generation makes use of the fact that the affine transforms between color channels are consistent between runs. Because of this consistency, a set of default offsets can be used when determining the coordinates of the analytes in a specimen. For example, a default offsets file can contain the relative transformation (shift, scale, skew) for the different channels relative to one channel, such as the A channel. In other implementations, however, the offsets between color channels drift during a run and/or between runs, making offset- driven template generation difficult. In such implementations, the methods and systems provided herein can utilize offset-less template generation, which is described further below.
{ovs31] In some aspects of the above implementations, the system can comprise a flow cell. In some aspects, the flow cel! comprises lanes, or other configurations, of tiles, wherein at least some IO of the tiles comprise one or more arrays of analytes. In some aspects, the analytes comprise a plurality of molecules such as nucleic acids. In certain aspects, the flow cell is configured to deliver a labeled nucleotide base to an array of nucleic acids, thereby extending a primer hybridized to a nucleic acid within a analyte so as to produce a signal corresponding to a analyte comprising the nucleic acid. In preferred implementations, the nucleic acids within a analyte are identical or substantially identical to each other. 005321 In some of the systems for image analysis described herein, each image in the set of images includes color signals, wherein a different color corresponds to a different nucleotide base. In some aspects, each image of the set of images comprises signals having a single color selected from at least four different colors. In some aspects, each image in the set of images comprises signals having a single color selected from four different colors. In some of the systems described herein, nucleic acids can be sequenced by providing four different labeled nucleotide bases to the array of molecules so as to produce four different images, each image comprising signals having a single color, wherein the signal color is different for each of the four different images, thereby producing a cycle of four color images that corresponds to the four possible nucleotides present at aparticular position in the nucleic acid. In certain aspects, the system comprises a flow cell that is configured to deliver additional labeled nucleotide bases to the array of molecules, thereby producing a plurality of cycles of color images. 100533] In preferred implementations, the methods provided herein can include determining whether a processor is actively acquiring data or whether the processor is in a low activity state. Acquiring and storing large numbers of high-quality images typically requires massive amounts of storage capacity. Additionally, once acquired and stored, the analysis of image data can become resource intensive and can interfere with processing capacity of other functions, such as ongoing acquisition and storage of additional image data. Accordingly, as used herein, the term low activity state refers to the processing capacity of a processor at a given time. In some implementations, a low activity state occurs when a processor is not acquiring and/or storing data. In some implementations, a low activity state occurs when some data acquisition and/or storage is taking place, but additional processing capacity remains such that image analysis can occur at the same time without interfering with other functions. 100534] As used herein, “identifying a conflict” refers to identifying a situation where multiple processes compete for resources. In some such implementations, one process is given priority over another process. In some implementations, a conflict may relate to the need to give priority for allocation of time, processing capacity, storage capacity or any other resource for which priority is given. Thus, in some implementations, where processing time or capacity is to be distributed between two processes such as either analyzing a data set and acquiring and/or storing the data set, a conflict between the two processes exists and can be resolved by giving priority to one of the IO processes. 100535] Also provided herein are systems for performing image analysis. The systems can include a processor; a storage capacity; and a program for image analysis, the program comprising instructions for processing a first data set for storage and the second data set for analysis, wherein the processing comprises acquiring and/or storing the first data set on the storage device and analyzing the second data set when the processor is not acquiring the first data set. In certain aspects, the program includes instructions for identifying at least one instance of a conflict between acquiring and/or storing the first data set and analyzing the second data set; and resolving the conflict in favor of acquiring and/or storing image data such that acquiring and/or storing the first data set is given priority. In certain aspects, the first data set comprises image files obtained from an optical imaging device. In certain aspects, the system farther comprises an optical imaging device. In some aspects, the optical imaging device comprises a light source and a detection device.
[00536] As used herein, the term “program” refers to instructions or commands to perform a task or process. The term “program” can be used interchangeably with the term module. In certain implementations, a program can be a compilation of various instructions executed under the same set of commands. In other implementations, a program can refer to a discrete batch or file. {005371 Set forth below are some of the surprising effects of utilizing the methods and systems for performing image analysis set forth herein. In some sequencing implementations, an important measure of a sequencing system's utility is its overall efficiency. For example, the amount of mappable data produced per day and the total cost of installing and running the instrument are important aspects of an economical sequencing solution. To reduce the time to generate mappable data and to increase the efficiency of the system, real-time base calling can be enabled on an instrument computer and can run in parallel with sequencing chemistry and imaging. This allows much of the data processing and analysis to be completed before the sequencing chemistry finishes. Additionally, it can reduce the storage required for intermediate data and limit the amount of data that needs to travel across the network.
{005381 While sequence output has increased, the data per run transferred from the systems provided herein to the network and to secondary analysis processing hardware has substantially decreased. By transforming data on the instrument computer {acquiring computer), network loads are dramatically reduced. Without these on-instrument, off-network data reduction techniques, the image output of a fleet of DNA sequencing instruments would cripple most networks.
{005391 The widespread adoption of the high-throughput DNA sequencing instruments has been driven in part by ease of use, support for a range of applications, and suitability for virtually any lab environment. The highly efficient algorithms presented herein allow significant analysis functionality to be added to a simple workstation that can control sequencing instruments. This IO reduction in the requirements for computational hardware has several practical benefits that will become even more important as sequencing output levels continue to increase. For example, by performing image analysis and base calling on a simple tower, heat production, laboratory footprint, and power consumption are kept to a minimum. In contrast, other commercial sequencing technologies have recently ramped up their computing infrastructure for primary analysis, with up to five times more processing power, leading to commensurate increases in heat output and power consumption. Thus, in some implementations, the computational efficiency of the methods and systems provided herein enables customers to increase their sequencing throughput while keeping server hardware expenses to a minimum.
{005491 Accordingly, in some implementations, the methods and/or systems presented herein act as a state machine, keeping track of the individual state of each specimen, and when it detects that a specimen is ready to advance to the next state, it does the appropriate processing and advances the specimen to that state. A more detailed example of how the state machine monitors a file system to determine when a specimen is ready to advance to the next state according to a preferred implementation is set forth in Example 1 below.
oss11 In preferred implementations, the methods and systems provided herein are multi-threaded and can work with a configurable number of threads. Thus, for example in the context of nucleic acid sequencing, the methods and systems provided herein are capable of working in the background during a live sequencing run for real-time analysis, or it can be run using a pre-existing set of image data for off-line analysis. In certain preferred implementations, the methods and systems handle multi-threading by giving each thread its own subset of specimen for which it is responsible. This minimizes the possibility of thread contention.
[00542] A method of the present disclosure can include a step of obtaining a target image of an object using a detection apparatus, wherein the image includes a repeating pattern of analytes on the object. Detection apparatus that are capable of high resolution imaging of surfaces are particularly useful. In particular implementations, the detection apparatus will have sufficient resolution to distinguish analytes at the densities, pitches, and/or analyte sizes set forth herein.
Particularly useful are detection apparatus capable of obtaining images or image data from surfaces. Example detectors are those that are configured to maintain an object and detector in a static relationship while obtaining an area image. Scanning apparatus can also be used. For example, an apparatus that obtains sequential area images ({e.g., so called ‘step and shoot’ detectors) can be used. Also useful are devices that continually scan a point or line over the surface of an object to accumulate data to construct an image of the surface. Point scanning detectors can be configured to scan a point (i.e., a small detection area) over the surface of an object via a raster motion in the x-y plane of the surface. Line scanning detectors can be configured to scan a line along the y dimension of the surface of an object, the longest dimension of the line occurring along the x dimension, It will be understood that the detection device, object or both can be moved to achieve scanning detection. Detection apparatus that are particularly useful, for example in nucleic acid sequencing applications, are described in US Pat App. Pub. Nos. 2012/0270305 A1; 2013/0023422 A1; and 2013/0260372 Al; and U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,528,050; 5,719,391; 8,158,926 and 8,241,573, each of which is incorporated herein by reference.
[o0s431 The implementations disclosed herein may be implemented as a method, apparatus, system or article of manufacture using programming or engineering techniques to produce software, firmware, hardware, or any combination thereof. The term “article of manufacture” as used herein refers to code or logic implemented in hardware or computer readable media such as optical storage devices, and volatile or non-volatile memory devices. Such hardware may include, but is not limited to, field programmable gate arrays (FPGAs), coarse grained reconfigurable architectures (CGR As), application-specific integrated circuits (ASICs), complex programmable logic devices (CPLDs), programmable logic arrays (PLAs), microprocessors, or other similar processing devices, In particular implementations, information or algorithms set forth herein are present in non-transient storage media.
qwo544] In particular implementations, a computer implemented method set forth herein can occur in real time while multiple images of an object are being obtained. Such real time analysis is particularly useful for nucleic acid sequencing applications wherein an array of nucleic acids is subjected to repeated cycles of fluidic and detection steps. Analysis of the sequencing data can often be computationally intensive such that it can be beneficial to perform the methods set forth herein in real time or in the background while other data acquisition or analysis algorithms are in process. Example real time analysis methods that can be used with the present methods are those used for the MiSeq and HiSeq sequencing devices commercially available from limina, Inc. (San Diego, Calif.) and/or described in US Pat. App. Pub. No. 2012/0020537 A1, which is incorporated herein by reference.
{005451 An example data analysis system, formed by one or more programmed computers, with programming being stored on one or more machine readable media with code executed to carry out one or more steps of methods described herein.
In one implementation, for example, the system includes an interface designed to permit networking of the system to one or more detection systems {e.g., optical imaging systems) that are configured to acquire data from target objects.
The interface may receive and condition data, where appropriate.
In particular implementations the detection system will output digital image data, for example, image data that is representative of individual picture elements or pixels that, together, form an image of an array or other object.
A processor processes the received detection data in accordance with a one or more routines defined by processing code.
The processing code may be stored in various types of memory circuitry. 00s46] In accordance with the presently contemplated implementations, the processing code
IO executed on the detection data includes a data analysis routine designed to analyze the detection data to determine the locations and metadata of individual analytes visible or encoded in the data, as well as locations at which no analyte is detected (i.e., where there is no analyte, or where no meaningful signal was detected from an existing analyte). In particular implementations, analyte locations in an array will typically appear brighter than non-analyte locations due to the presence of fluorescing dyes attached to the imaged analytes.
It will be understood that the analytes need not appear brighter than their surrounding area, for example, when a target for the probe at the analyte is not present in an array being detected.
The color at which individual analytes appear may be a function of the dye employed as well as of the wavelength of the light used by the imaging system for imaging purposes.
Analytes to which targets are not bound or that are otherwise devoid of a particular label can be identified according to other characteristics, such as their expected location in the microarray. {005477 Once the data analysis routine has located individual analytes in the data, a value assignment may be carried out.
In general, the value assignment will assign a digital value to each analyte based upon characteristics of the data represented by detector components (e.g., pixels) at the corresponding location.
That is, for example when imaging data is processed, the value assignment routine may be designed to recognize that a specific color or wavelength of light was detected at a specific location, as indicated by a group or cluster of pixels at the location.
In a typical DNA imaging application, for example, the four common nucleotides will be represented by four separate and distinguishable colors.
Each color, then, may be assigned a value corresponding to that nucleotide. [oos4s] As used herein, the terms “module”, “system,” or “system controller” may include a hardware and/or software system and circuitry that operates to perform one or more functions.
For example, a module, system, or system controller may include a computer processor, controller, or other logic-based device that performs operations based on instructions stored on a tangible and non-transitory computer readable storage medium, such as a computer memory.
Alternatively, a module, system, or system controller may include a hard-wired device that performs operations based on hard-wired logic and circuitry.
The module, system, or system controller shown in the attached figures may represent the hardware and circuitry that operates based on software or hardwired instructions, the software that directs hardware to perform the operations, or a combination thereof.
The module, system, or system controller can include or represent hardware circuits or circuitry that include and/or are connected with one or more processors, such as one or computer Microprocessors. [003491 As used herein, the terms “software” and “firmware” are interchangeable, and include any computer program stored in memory for execution by a computer, including RAM memory, ROM memory, EPROM memory, EEPROM memory, and non-volatile RAM (NVRAM) memory.
The above memory types are examples only, and are thus not limiting as to the types of memory usable for storage of a computer program. 100550] In the molecular biology field, one of the processes for nucleic acid sequencing in use is sequencing-by-synthesis.
The technique can be applied to massively parallel sequencing projects.
For example, by using an automated platform, it is possible to carry out hundreds of thousands of sequencing reactions simultaneously.
Thus, one of the implementations of the present invention relates to instruments and methods for acquiring, storing, and analyzing image data generated during nucleic acid sequencing. 00551] Enormous gains in the amount of data that can be acquired and stored make streamlined image analysis methods even more beneficial.
For example, the image analysis methods described herein permit both designers and end users to make efficient use of existing computer hardware.
Accordingly, presented herein are methods and systems which reduce the computational burden of processing data in the face of rapidly increasing data output.
For example, in the field of DNA sequencing, yields have scaled 15-fold over the course of a recent year, and can now reach hundreds of gigabases in a single run of a DNA sequencing device.
If computational infrastructure requirements grew proportionately, large genome-scale experiments would remain out of reach to most researchers.
Thus, the generation of more raw sequence data will increase the need for secondary analysis and data storage, making optimization of data transport and storage extremely valuable.
Some implementations of the methods and systems presented herein can reduce the time, hardware, networking, and laboratory infrastructure requirements needed to produce usable sequence data. {005521 The present disclosure describes various methods and systems for carrying out the methods.
Examples of some of the methods are described as a series of steps.
However, it should be understood that implementations are not limited to the particular steps and/or order of steps described herein.
Steps may be omitted, steps may be modified, and/or other steps may be added.
Moreover, steps described herein may be combined, steps may be performed simultaneously, steps may be performed concurrently, steps may be split into multiple sub-steps, steps may be performed in a different order, or steps (or a series of steps) may be re-performed in an iterative fashion. In addition, although different methods are set forth herein, it should be understood that the different methods (or steps of the different methods) may be combined in other implementations.
100553] In some implementations, a processing unit, processor, module, or computing system that is “configured to” perform a task or operation may be understood as being particularly structured to perform the task or operation (e.g., having one or more programs or instructions stored thereon or used in conjunction therewith tailored or intended to perform the task or operation, and/or having an arrangement of processing circuitry tailored or intended to perform the task or operation). For the purposes of clarity and the avoidance of doubt, a general purpose computer (which may become “configured to” perform the task or operation if appropriately programmed) is not “configured to” perform a task or operation unless or until specifically programmed or structurally modified to perform the task or operation.
[00554] Moreover, the operations of the methods described herein can be sufficiently complex such that the operations cannot be mentally performed by an average human being or a person of ordinary skill in the art within a commercially reasonable time period. For example, the methods may rely on relatively complex computations such that such a person cannot complete the methods within a commercially reasonable time.
{005551 Throughout this application various publications, patents or patent applications have been referenced. The disclosures of these publications in their entireties are hereby incorporated by reference in this application in order to more fully describe the state of the art to which this invention pertains.
[00556] The term “comprising” is intended herein to be open-ended, including not only the recited elements, but further encompassing any additional elements. [005571 As used herein, the term “each”, when used in reference to a collection of items, is intended to identify an individual item in the collection but does not necessarily refer to every item in the collection. Exceptions can occur if explicit disclosure or context clearly dictates otherwise. {005581 Although the invention has been described with reference to the examples provided above, it should be understood that various modifications can be made without departing from the invention.
1005597 The modules in this application can be implemented in hardware or software, and need not be divided up in precisely the same blocks as shown in the figures. Some can also be implemented on different processors or computers, or spread among a number of different processors or computers. In addition, it will be appreciated that some of the modules can be combined, operated in parallel or in a different sequence than that shown in the figures without affecting the functions achieved. Also as used herein, the term “module” can include “sub-modules”, which themselves can be considered herein to constitute modules. The blocks in the figures designated as modules can also be thought of as flowchart steps in a method. 100560] As used herein, the “identification” of an item of information does not necessarily require the direct specification of that item of information. Information can be “identified” in a field by simply referring to the actual information through one or more layers of indirection, or by identifying one or more items of different information which are together sufficient to determine the actual item of information. In addition, the term “specify” is used herein to mean the same as “identify”. {oos6i] As used herein, a given signal, event or value is “in dependence upon” a predecessor signal, event or value of the predecessor signal, event or value influenced by the given signal, event or value. If there is an intervening processing element, step or time period, the given signal, event or value can still be “in dependence upon” the predecessor signal, event or value. If the intervening processing element or step combines more than one signal, event or value, the signal output of the processing element or step is considered “in dependence upon” each of the signal, event or value inputs. If the given signal, event or value is the same as the predecessor signal, event or value, this is merely a degenerate case in which the given signal, event or value is still considered to be “in dependence upon” or “dependent on™ or “based on” the predecessor signal, event or value. “Responsiveness” of a given signal, event or value upon another signal, event or value is defined similarly.
100562] As used herein, “concurrently” or “in parallel” does not require exact simultaneity. It is sufficient if the evaluation of one of the individuals begins before the evaluation of another of the individuals completes.
Computer System [00s631 Figure 80 is a simplified block diagram of a computer 8600 system that can be used to implement the technology disclosed. Computer system 8000 includes at least one central processing unit (CPU) 8072 that communicates with a number of peripheral devices via bus subsystem 8055. These peripheral devices can include a storage subsystem 8910 including, for example, memory devices and a file storage subsystem 8836, user interface input devices 8038, user interface output devices 8076, and a network interface subsystem 8074. The input and output devices allow user interaction with computer system 8000. Network interface subsystem 8074 provides an interface to outside networks, including an interface to corresponding interface devices in other computer systems.
{vos64] In one implementation, the neural networks (e.g., the neural network-based template generator 1512 and/or the neural network-based base caller 1514) are communicably linked to the storage subsystem 8010 and the user interface input devices 8038.
{005651 User interface input devices 8038 can include a keyboard; pointing devices such as a mouse, trackball, touchpad, or graphics tablet; a scanner; a touch screen incorporated into the display; audio input devices such as voice recognition systems and microphones; and other types of input devices. In general, use of the term “input device” is intended to include all possible types of devices and ways to input information into computer system 8000.
poses] User interface output devices 8076 can include a display subsystem, a printer, a fax machine, or non-visual displays such as audio output devices. The display subsystem can include an LED display, a cathode ray tube (CRT), a flat-panel device such as a liquid crystal display (LCD), a projection device, or some other mechanism for creating a visible image. The display IO subsystem can also provide a non-visual display such as audio output devices. In general, use of the term “output device” is intended to include all possible types of devices and ways to output information from computer system 8000 to the user or to another machine or computer system.
[00567] Storage subsystem 8010 stores programming and data constructs that provide the functionality of some or all of the modules and methods described herein. These software modules are generally executed by deep learning processors 8078. {vos6s] Deep learning processors 8078 can be graphics processing units (GPUs), field- programmable gate arrays (FPGAs), application-specific integrated circuits (ASICs), and/or coarse-grained reconfigurable architectures (CGR As). Deep learning processors 8078 can be hosted by a deep learning cloud platform such as Google Cloud Platform ™ , Xilinx ™, and Cirrascale™. Examples of deep learning processors 8078 include Google's Tensor Processing Unit (TPU)™ , rackmount solutions like GX4 Rackmount Series™ , GX80 Rackmount Series™ , NVIDIA DGX-1™, Microsoft’ Stratix V FPGA ™ | Graphcore’s Intelligent Processor Unit (IPUY™, Qualcomm’s Zeroth Platform ™ with Snapdragon processors ™ , NVIDIA's Volta ™ NVIDIA's DRIVE PX™, NVIDIA's JETSON TX1/TX2 MODULE ™, Intel's Nirvana”, Movidius VPU ">, Fujitsu DPI“, ARM’s DynamiclQ™, IBM TrueNorth™, and others. (003691 Memory subsystem 8022 used in the storage subsystem 8010 can include a number of memories including a main random access memory (RAM) 8032 for storage of instructions and data during program execution and a read only memory (ROM) 8034 in which fixed instructions are stored. A file storage subsystem 8036 can provide persistent storage for program and data files, and can include a hard disk drive, a floppy disk drive along with associated removable media, a CD-ROM drive, an optical drive, or removable media cartridges. The modules implementing the functionality of certain implementations can be stored by file storage subsystem 8036 in the storage subsystem 8010, or in other machines accessible by the processor. 005701 Bus subsystem 8055 provides a mechanism for letting the various components and subsystems of computer system 8000 communicate with each other as intended. Although bus subsystem 8055 is shown schematically as a single bus, alternative implementations of the bus subsystem can use multiple busses. 100571] Computer system 8000 itself can be of varying types including a personal computer, a portable computer, a workstation, a computer terminal, a network computer, a television, a mainframe, a server farm, a widely-distributed set of loosely networked computers, or any other data processing system or user device. Due to the ever-changing nature of computers and networks, the description of computer system 8000 depicted in Figure 80 is intended only as a specific example for purposes of illustrating the preferred implementations of the present invention. Many other configurations of computer system 8000 are possible having more or less components than the computer system depicted in Figure 80. Particular Implementations 1005721 We describe various implementations of neural network-based template generation and neural network-based base calling. One or more features of an implementation can be combined with the base implementation. Implementations that are not mutually exclusive are taught to be combinable. One or more features of an implementation can be combined with other implementations. This disclosure periodically reminds the user of these options. Omission from some implementations of recitations that repeat these options should not be taken as limiting the combinations taught in the preceding sections - these recitations are hereby incorporated forward by reference into each of the following implementations.
Subpixel Base Calling 100573] We disclose a computer-implemented method of determining metadata about analytes on a tile of a flow cell. The method includes accessing a series of image sets generated during a sequencing run, each image set in the series generated during a respective sequencing cycle of the sequencing run, each image in the series depicting the analytes and their surrounding background, and each image in the series having a plurality of subpixels. The method includes obtaining, from a base caller, a base call classifying each of the subpixels as one of four bases (A, C, T, and G), thereby producing a base call sequence for each of the subpixels across a plurality of sequencing cycles of the sequencing run, The method includes generating an analyte map that identifies the analytes as disjointed regions of contiguous subpixels which share a substantially matching base call sequence. The method includes determining spatial distribution of analytes, including their shapes and sizes based on the disjointed regions and storing the analyte map in memory for use as ground truth for training a classifier. {00574] The method described in this section and other sections of the technology disclosed can include one or more of the following features and/or features described in connection with additional methods disclosed. In the interest of conciseness, the combinations of features disclosed in this application are not individually enumerated and are not repeated with each base set of features.
The reader will understand how features identified in these implementations can readily be combined with sets of base features identified in other implementations. 100575] In one implementation, the method includes identifying as background those subpixels in the analyte map that do not belong to any of the disjointed regions.
In one implementation, the method includes obtaining, from the base caller, the base call classifying each of the subpixels as one of five bases (A, C, T, G, and N). In one implementation, the analyte map identifies analyte boundary portions between two contiguous subpixels whose base call sequences do not substantially match. (005761 In one implementation, the method includes identifying origin subpixels at preliminary center coordinates of the analytes determined by the base caller, and breadth-first searching for substantially matching base call sequences by beginning with the origin subpixels and continuing with successively contiguous non-origin subpixels.
In one implementation, the method includes, on an analyte-by-analyte basis, determining hyperlocated center coordinates of the analytes by calculating centers of mass of the disjointed regions of the analyte map as an average of coordinates of respective contiguous subpixels forming the disjointed regions, and storing the hyperlocated center coordinates of the analytes in the memory on the analyte-by-analyte basis for use as ground truth for training the classifier. (005771 In one implementation, the method includes, on the analyte-by-analyte basis, identifying centers of mass subpixels in the disjointed regions of the analyte map at the hyperlocated center coordinates of the analytes, upsampling the analyte map using interpolation and storing the upsampled analyte map in the memory for use as ground truth for training the classifier, and, in the upsampled analyte map, on the analyte-by-analyte basis, assigning a value to each contiguous subpixel in the disjointed regions based on a decay factor that is proportional to distance of a contiguous subpixel from a center of mass subpixel in a disjointed region to which the contiguous subpixel belongs.
In one implementation, the value is a intensity value normalized between zero and one.
In one implementation, the method includes, in the upsampled analyte map, assigning a same predetermined value to all the subpixels identified as the background.
In one implementation, the predetermined value is a zero intensity value. 1005781 In one implementation, the method includes generating a decay map from the upsampled analyte map that expresses the contiguous subpixels in the disjointed regions and the subpixels identified as the background based on their assigned values, and storing the decay map in the memory for use as ground truth for training the classifier.
In one implementation, each subpixel in the decay map has a value normalized between zero and one.
In one implementation, the method includes, in the upsampled analyte map, categorizing, on the analyte-by-analyte basis, the contiguous subpixels in the disjointed regions as analyte interior subpixels belonging to a same analyte, the centers of mass subpixels as analyte center subpixels, subpixels containing the analyte boundary portions as boundary subpixels, and the subpixels identified as the background as background subpixels, and storing the categorizations in the memory for use as ground truth for training the classifier. 100579] In one implementation, the method includes, storing, on the analyte-by-analyte basis, coordinates of the analyte interior subpixels, the analyte center subpixels, the boundary subpixels, and the background subpixels in the memory for use as ground truth for training the classifier, downscaling the coordinates by a factor used to upsample the analyte map, and, storing, on the analyte-by-analyte basis, the downscaled coordinates in the memory for use as ground truth for training the classifier.
IO 00580] In one implementation, the method includes, in a binary ground truth data generated from the upsampled analyte map, using color coding to label the analyte center subpixels as belonging to an analyte center class and all other subpixels are belonging to a non-center class, and storing the binary ground truth data in the memory for use as ground truth for training the classifier. In one implementation, the method includes, in a ternary ground truth data generated from the upsampled analyte map, using color coding to label the background subpixels as belonging to a background class, the analyte center subpixels as belonging to an analyte center class, and the analyte interior subpixels as belonging to an analyte interior class, and storing the ternary ground truth data in the memory for use as ground truth for training the classifier.
{005811 In one implementation, the method includes generating analyte maps for a plurality of tiles of the flow cell, storing the analyte maps in memory and determining spatial distribution of analytes in the tiles based on the analyte maps, including their shapes and sizes, in the upsampled analyte maps of the analytes in the tiles, categorizing, on an analyte-by-analyte basis, subpixels as analyte interior subpixels belonging to a same analyte, analyte center subpixels, boundary subpixels, and background subpixels, storing the categorizations in the memory for use as ground truth for training the classifier, storing, on the analyte-by-analyte basis across the tiles, coordinates of the analyte interior subpixels, the analyte center subpixels, the boundary subpixels, and the background subpixels in the memory for use as ground truth for training the classifier, downscaling the coordinates by the factor used to upsample the analyte map, and, storing, on the analyte-by- analyte basis across the tiles, the downscaled coordinates in the memory for use as ground truth for training the classifier.
{o0ss2] In one implementation, the base call sequences are substantially matching when a predetermined portion of base calls match on an ordinal position-wise basis. In one implementation, the base caller produces the base call sequences by interpolating intensity of the subpixels, including at least one of nearest neighbor intensity extraction, Gaussian based intensity extraction, intensity extraction based on average of 2 x 2 subpixel area, intensity extraction based on brightest of 2 x 2 subpixel area, intensity extraction based on average of 3 x 3 subpixel area,
bilinear intensity extraction, bicubic intensity extraction, and/or intensity extraction based on weighted area coverage. In one implementation, the subpixels are identified to the base caller based on their integer or non-integer coordinates. 100583] In one implementation, the method includes requiring that at least some of the disjointed regions have a predetermined minimum number of subpixels. In one implementation, the flow cell has at least one patterned surface with an array of wells that occupy the analytes. In such an implementation, the method includes, based on the determined shapes and sizes of the analytes, determining which ones of the wells are substantially occupied by at least one analyte, which ones of the wells are minimally occupied, and which ones of the wells are co-occupied by multiple IO analytes.
100584] In one implementation, the flow cell has at least one nonpatterned surface and the analytes are unevenly scattered over the nonpatterned surface. In one implementation, the density of the analytes ranges from about 100,000 analytes/mm’ to about 1,000,000 analytes/mm’. In one implementation, the density of the analytes ranges from about 1,000,000 analytes/mm’ to about 10,000,000 analytes/mm”. In one implementation, the subpixels are quarter subpixels. In another implementation, the subpixels are half subpixels. In one implementation, the preliminary center coordinates of the analytes determined by the base caller are defined in a template image of the tile, and a pixel resolution, an image coordinate system, and measurement scales of the image coordinate system are same for the template image and the images. In one implementation, each image set has four images. In another implementation, each image set has two images. In yet another implementation, each image set has one image. In one implementation, the sequencing run utilizes four-channel chemistry. In another implementation, the sequencing run utilizes two- channel chemistry. In yet another implementation, the sequencing run utilizes one-channel chemistry.
{oosss] Other implementations of the method described in this section can include a non-transitory computer readable storage medium storing instructions executable by a processor to perform any of the methods described above. Yet another implementation of the method described in this section can include a system including memory and one or more processors operable to execute instructions, stored in the memory, to perform any of the methods described above.
100586] We disclose a computer-implemented method of determining metadata about analytes on a tile of a flow cell. The method includes accessing a set of images of the tile captured during a sequencing run and preliminary center coordinates of the analytes determined by a base caller. The method includes, for each image set, obtaining, from a base caller, a base call classifying, as one of four bases origin subpixels that contain the preliminary center coordinates and a predetermined neighborhood of contiguous subpixels that are successively contiguous to respective ones of the origin subpixels, thereby producing a base call sequence for each of the origin subpixels and for each of the predetermined neighborhood of contiguous subpixels. The method includes generating an analyte map that identifies the analytes as disjointed regions of contiguous subpixels that are successively contiguous to at least some of the respective ones of the origin subpixels and share a substantially matching base call sequence of the one of four bases with the at least some of the respective ones of the origin subpixels. The method includes storing the analyte map in memory and determining the shapes and the sizes of the analytes based on the disjointed regions in the analyte map. {oos871 Each of the features discussed in the particular implementation section for other implementations apply equally to this implementation. As indicated above, all the other features are not repeated here and should be considered repeated by reference. The reader will understand how features identified in these implementations can readily be combined with sets of base features identified in other implementations. {e0sss] In one implementation, the predetermined neighborhood of contiguous subpixelsisam xn subpixel patch centered at pixels containing the origin subpixels and the subpixel patch is 3x 3 pixels. In one implementation, the predetermined neighborhood of contiguous subpixels is a n- connected subpixel neighborhood centered at pixels containing the origin subpixels. In one implementation, the method includes, identifying as background those subpixels in the analyte map that do not belong to any of the disjointed regions. {005891 Other implementations of the method described in this section can include a non-transitory computer readable storage medium storing instructions executable by a processor to perform any of the methods described above. Yet another implementation of the method described in this section can include a system including memory and one or more processors operable to execute instructions, stored in the memory, to perform any of the methods described above.
Training Data Generation esse We disclose a computer-implemented method of generating training data for neural network-based template generation and base calling. The method includes accessing a multitude of images of a flow cell captured over a plurality of cycles of a sequencing run, the flow cell having a plurality of tiles and, in the multitude of images, each of the tiles having a sequence of image sets generated over the plurality of cycles, and each image in the sequence of image sets depicting intensity emissions of analytes and their surrounding background on a particular one of the tiles at a particular one the cycles. The method includes constructing a training set having a plurality of training examples, each training example corresponding to a particular one of the tiles and including image data from at least some image sets in the sequence of image sets of the particular one of the tiles. The method includes generating at least one ground truth data representation for each of the training examples, the ground truth data representation identifying at least one of spatial distribution of analytes and their surrounding background on the particular one of the tiles whose intensity emissions are depicted by the image data, including at least one of analyte shapes, analyte sizes, and/or analyte boundaries, and/or centers of the analytes. 100591] Each of the features discussed in the particular implementation section for other implementations apply equally to this implementation. As indicated above, all the other features are not repeated here and should be considered repeated by reference. The reader will understand how features identified in these implementations can readily be combined with sets of base features identified in other implementations. foos921 In one implementation, the image data includes images in each of the at least some image sets in the sequence of image sets of the particular one of the tiles, and the images have a resolution of 1800 x 1800. In one implementation, the image data includes at least one image patch from each of the images, and the image patch covers a portion of the particular one of the tiles and has a resolution of 20 x 20. In one implementation, the image data includes an upsampled representation of the image patch, and the upsampled representation has a resolution of 80 x 80. In one implementation, the ground truth data representation has an upsampled resolution of 80 x 80.
1005931 In one implementation, multiple training examples correspond to a same particular one of the tiles and respectively include as image data different image patches from each image in each of at least some image sets in a sequence of image sets of the same particular one of the tiles, and at least some of the different image patches overlap with each other. In one implementation, the ground truth data representation identifies the analytes as disjoint regions of adjoining subpixels, the centers of the analytes as centers of mass subpixels within respective ones of the disjoint regions, and their surrounding background as subpixels that do not belong to any of the disjoint regions. In one implementation, the ground truth data representation uses color coding to identify each subpixel as either being a analyte center or a non-center. In one implementation, the ground truth data representation uses color coding to identify each subpixel as either being analyte interior, analyte center, or surrounding background.
005941 In one implementation, the method includes, storing, in memory, the training examples in the training set and associated ground truth data representations as the training data for the neural network-based template generation and base calling. In one implementation, the method includes generating the training data for a variety of flow cells, sequencing instruments, sequencing protocols, sequencing chemistries, sequencing reagents, and analyte densities.
[005951 Other implementations of the method described in this section can include a non-transitory computer readable storage medium storing instructions executable by a processor to perform any of the methods described above. Yet another implementation of the method described in this section can include a system including memory and one or more processors operable to execute instructions, stored in the memory, to perform any of the methods described above.
Metadata & Base Calls Generation {005961 In one implementation, a method includes accessing sequencing images of analytes produced by a sequencer, generating training data from the sequencing images, and using the training data for training a neural network to generate metadata about the analytes. Each of the features discussed in the particular implementation section for other implementations apply equally to this implementation. As indicated above, all the other features are not repeated here and should be considered repeated by reference. The reader will understand how features identified in these implementations can readily be combined with sets of base features identified in other implementations. Other implementations of the method described in this section can include a non- transitory computer readable storage medium storing instructions executable by a processor to perform any of the methods described above. Yet another implementation of the method described in this section can include a system including memory and one or more processors operable to execute instructions, stored in the memory, to perform any of the methods described above. 005971 In one implementation, a method includes accessing sequencing images of analytes produced by a sequencer, generating training data from the sequencing images, and using the training data for training a neural network to base call the analytes. Each of the features discussed in the particular implementation section for other implementations apply equally to this implementation. As indicated above, all the other features are not repeated here and should be considered repeated by reference. The reader will understand how features identified in these implementations can readily be combined with sets of base features identified in other implementations. Other implementations of the method described in this section can include a non- transitory computer readable storage medium storing instructions executable by a processor to perform any of the methods described above. Yet another implementation of the method described in this section can include a system including memory and one or more processors operable to execute instructions, stored in the memory, to perform any of the methods described above.
Regression Model {005981 We disclose a computer-implemented method of identifying analytes on a tile of a flow cell and related analyte metadata. The method includes processing input image data from a sequence of image sets through a neural network and generating an alternative representation of the input image data. Each image in the sequence of image sets covers the tile, and depicts intensity emissions of analytes on the tile and their surrounding background captured for a particular image channel at a particular one of a plarality of sequencing cycles of a sequencing run performed on the flow cell. The method includes processing the alternative representation through an output layer and generating an output that identifies analytes, whose intensity emissions are depicted by the input image data, as disjoint regions of adjoining subpixels, centers of the analytes as center subpixels at centers of mass of the respective ones of the disjoint regions, and their surrounding background as background subpixels not belonging to any of the disjoint regions. 100599] Each of the features discussed in the particular implementation section for other implementations apply equally to this implementation. As indicated above, all the other features are not repeated here and should be considered repeated by reference. The reader will understand how features identified in these implementations can readily be combined with sets of base features identified in other implementations. foocoe] In one implementation, the adjoining subpixels in the respective ones of the disjoint regions have intensity values weighted according to distance of an adjoining subpixel from a center IO subpixel in a disjoint region to which the adjoining subpixel belongs. In one implementation, the center subpixels have highest intensity values within the respective ones of the disjoint regions. In one implementation, the background subpixels all have a same lowest intensity value in the output. In one implementation, the output layer normalizes the intensity values between zero and one. fweo1] In one implementation, the method includes applying a peak locator to the output to find peak intensities in the output, determining location coordinates of the centers of the analytes based on the peak intensities, downscaling the location coordinates by an upsampling factor used to prepare the input image data, and storing the downscaled location coordinates in memory for use in base calling the analytes. In one implementation, the method includes categorizing the adjoining subpixels in the respective ones of the disjoint regions as analyte interior subpixels belonging to a same analyte, and storing the categorization and downscaled location coordinates of the analyte interior subpixels in the memory on an analyte-by-analyte basis for use in base calling the analytes. In one implementation, the method includes, on the analyte-by-analyte basis, determining distances of the analyte interior subpixels from respective ones of the centers of the analytes, and storing the distances in the memory on the analyte-by-analyte basis for use in base calling the analytes.
1wee21 In one implementation, the method includes extracting intensities from the analyte interior subpixels in the respective ones of the disjoint regions, including using at least one of nearest neighbor intensity extraction, Gaussian based intensity extraction, intensity extraction based on average of 2 x 2 subpixel area, intensity extraction based on brightest of 2 x 2 subpixel area, intensity extraction based on average of 3 x 3 subpixel area, bilinear intensity extraction, bicubic intensity extraction, and/or intensity extraction based on weighted area coverage, and storing the intensities in the memory on the analyte-by-analyte basis for use in base calling the analytes.
[006031 In one implementation, the method includes based on the disjoint regions, determining, as part of the related analyte metadata, spatial distribution of the analytes, including at least one of analyte shapes, analyte sizes, and/or analyte boundaries, and storing the related analyte metadata in the memory on the analyte-by-analyte basis for use in base calling the analytes.
{ovca4] In one implementation, the input image data includes images in the sequence of image sets, and the images have a resolution of 3000 x 3000. In one implementation, the input image data includes at least one image patch from each of the images in the sequence of image sets, and the image patch covers a portion of the tile and has a resolution of 20 x 20. In one implementation, the input image data includes an upsampled representation of the image patch from each of the images in the sequence of image sets, and the upsampled representation has a resolution of 80 x 80. In one implementation, the output has an upsampled resolution of 80 x 80.
006051 In one implementation, the neural network is a deep fully convolutional segmentation neural network with an encoder subnetwork and a corresponding decoder network, the encoder subnetwork includes a hierarchy of encoders, and the decoder subnetwork includes a hierarchy of decoders that map low resolution encoder feature maps to full input resolution feature maps. In one implementation, the density of the analytes ranges from about 100,000 analytes/mm’ to about 1,000,000 analytes/mm”. In another implementation, the density of the analytes ranges from about 1,000,000 analytes/mm? to about 10,000,000 analytes/mm?, 1006961 Other implementations of the method described in this section can include a non-transitory computer readable storage medium storing instructions executable by a processor to perform any of the methods described above. Yet another implementation of the method described in this section can include a system including memory and one or more processors operable to execute instructions, stored in the memory, to perform any of the methods described above.
Training Regression Model 1006071 We disclose a computer-implemented method of training a neural network to identify analytes and related analyte metadata. The method includes obtaining training data for training the neural network. The training data includes a plurality of training examples and corresponding ground truth data that should be generated by the neural network by processing the training examples. Each training example includes image data from a sequence of image sets. Each image in the sequence of image sets covers a tile of a flow cell and depicts intensity emissions of analytes on the tile and their surrounding background captured for a particular image channel at a particular one of a plurality of sequencing cycles of a sequencing ron performed on the flow cell. Each ground truth data identifies analytes, whose intensity emissions are depicted by the image data of a corresponding training example, as disjoint regions of adjoining subpixels, centers of the analytes as center subpixels at centers of mass of the respective ones of the disjoint regions, and their surrounding background as background subpixels not belonging to any of the disjoint regions. The method includes using a gradient descent training technique to train the neural network and generating outputs for the training examples that progressively match the ground truth data, including iteratively optimizing a loss function that minimizes error between the outputs and the ground truth data, and updating parameters of the neural network based on the error.
{ovcosy Each of the features discussed in the particular implementation section for other implementations apply equally to this implementation. As indicated above, all the other features are not repeated here and should be considered repeated by reference. The reader will understand how features identified in these implementations can readily be combined with sets of base features identified in other implementations.
{006991 In one implementation, the method includes, upon error convergence after a final iteration, storing the updated parameters of the neural network in memory to be applied to further neural network-based template generation and base calling. In one implementation, in the ground truth data, the adjoining subpixels in the respective ones of the disjoint regions have intensity values weighted according to distance of an adjoining subpixel from a center subpixel in a disjoint region to which the adjoining subpixel belongs. In one implementation, in the ground truth data, the center subpixels have highest intensity values within the respective ones of the disjoint regions. In one implementation, in the ground truth data, the background subpixels all have a same lowest intensity value in the output. In one implementation, in the ground truth data, the intensity values are normalized between zero and one. {vo6ie] In one implementation, the loss function is mean squared error and the error is minimized on a subpixel-basis between the normalized intensity values of corresponding subpixels in the outputs and the ground truth data. In one implementation, the ground truth data identify, as part of the related analyte metadata, spatial distribution of the analytes, inclading at least one of analyte shapes, analyte sizes, and/or analyte boundaries. In one implementation, the image data includes images in the sequence of image sets, and the images have a resolution of 1800 x 1800. In one implementation, the image data includes at least one image patch from each of the images in the sequence of image sets, and the image patch covers a portion of the tile and has a resolution of 20 x
20. In one implementation, the image data includes an upsampled representation of the image patch from each of the images in the sequence of image sets, and the upsampled representation of the image patch has a resolution of 80 x 80. 00611] In one implementation, in the training data, multiple training examples respectively include as image data different image patches from each image in a sequence of image sets of a same tile, and at least some of the different image patches overlap with each other. In one implementation, the ground truth data has an upsampled resolution of 80 x 80. In one implementation, the training data includes training examples for a plurality of tiles of the flow cell. In one implementation, the training data includes training examples for a variety of flow cells, sequencing instruments, sequencing protocols, sequencing chemistries, sequencing reagents, and analyte densities. In one implementation, the neural network is a deep fully convolutional segmentation neural network with an encoder subnetwork and a corresponding decoder network, the encoder subnetwork includes a hierarchy of encoders, and the decoder subnetwork includes a hierarchy of decoders that map low resolution encoder feature maps to full input resolution feature maps for subpixel-wise classification by a final classification layer. 100612] Other implementations of the method described in this section can include a non-transitory computer readable storage medium storing instructions executable by a processor to perform any of the methods described above. Yet another implementation of the method described in this section can include a system including memory and one or more processors operable to execute instructions, stored in the memory, to perform any of the methods described above. Neural Network-Based Template Generator {006131 We disclose a computer-implemented method of determining metadata about analytes on a flow cell. The method includes accessing image data that depicts intensity emissions of the analytes, processing the image data through one or more layers of a neural network and generating an alternative representation of the image data, and processing the alternative representation through an output layer and generating an output that identifies at least one of shapes and sizes of the analytes and/or centers of the analytes.
poost41 Each of the features discussed in the particular implementation section for other implementations apply equally to this implementation. As indicated above, all the other features are not repeated here and should be considered repeated by reference. The reader will understand how features identified in these implementations can readily be combined with sets of base features identified in other implementations.
1006151 In one implementation, the image data further depicts intensity emissions of surrounding background of the analytes. In such an implementation, the method includes the output identifying spatial distribution of the analytes on the flow cell, including the surrounding background and boundaries between the analytes. In one implementation, the method includes determining center location coordinates of the analytes on the flow cell based on the output. In one implementation, the neural network is a convolutional neural network. In one implementation, the neural network is a recurrent neural network. In one implementation, the neural network is a deep fully convolutional segmentation neural network with an encoder subnetwork and a corresponding decoder network, followed by the output layer, the encoder subnetwork includes a hierarchy of encoders, and the decoder subnetwork includes a hierarchy of decoders that map low resolution encoder feature maps to full input resolution feature maps.
[00616] Other implementations of the method described in this section can include a non-transitory computer readable storage medium storing instructions executable by a processor to perform any of the methods described above. Yet another implementation of the method described in this section can include a system including memory and one or more processors operable to execute instructions, stored in the memory, to perform any of the methods described above.
Binary Classification Model 006171 We disclose a computer-implemented method of identifying analytes on a tile of a flow cell and related analyte metadata.
The method includes processing input image data from a sequence of image sets through a neural network and generating an alternative representation of the image data.
In one implementation, each image in the sequence of image sets covers the tile, and depicts intensity emissions of analytes on the tile and their surrounding background captured for a particular image channel at a particular one of a plurality of sequencing cycles of a sequencing run performed on the flow cell.
The method includes processing the alternative representation through a classification layer and generating an output that identifies centers of analytes whose intensity emissions are depicted by the input image data.
The output has a plurality of subpixels, and each subpixel in the plurality of subpixels is classified as either an analyte center or a non-center. 100618] Each of the features discussed in the particular implementation section for other implementations apply equally to this implementation.
As indicated above, all the other features are not repeated here and should be considered repeated by reference.
The reader will understand how features identified in these implementations can readily be combined with sets of base features identified in other implementations. foo6191 In one implementation, the classification layer assigns each subpixel in the output a first likelihood score of being the analyte center, and a second likelihood score of being the non-center.
In one implementation, the first and second likelihood scores are determined based on a softmax function and exponentially normalized between zero and one.
In one implementation, the first and second likelihood scores are determined based on a sigmoid function and normalized between zero and one.
In one implementation, each subpixel in the output is classified as either the analyte center or the non-center based on which one of the first and second likelihood scores is higher than the other.
In one implementation, each subpixel in the output is classified as either the analyte center or the non-center based on whether the first and second likelihood scores are above a predetermined threshold likelihood score.
In one implementation, the output identifies the centers at centers of mass of respective ones of the analytes.
In one implementation, in the output, subpixels classified as analyte centers are assigned a same first predetermined value, and subpixels classified as non- centers are all assigned a same second predetermined value.
In one implementation, the first and second predetermined values are intensity values.
In one implementation, the first and second predetermined values are continuous values. [006201 In one implementation, the method includes determining location coordinates of subpixels classified as analyte centers, downscaling the location coordinates by an upsampling factor used to prepare the input image data, and storing the downscaled location coordinates in memory for use in base calling the analytes.
In one implementation, the input image data includes images in the sequence of image sets, and the images have a resolution of 3000 x 3000. In one implementation,
the input image data includes at least one image patch from each of the images in the sequence of image sets, and the image patch covers a portion of the tile and has a resolution of 20 x 20. In one implementation, the input image data includes an upsampled representation of the image patch from each of the images in the sequence of image sets, and the upsampled representation has a resolution of 80 x 80. In one implementation, the output has an upsampled resolution of 80 x 80.
fwe21] In one implementation, the neural network is a deep fully convolutional segmentation neural network with an encoder subnetwork and a corresponding decoder network, followed by the classification layer, the encoder subnetwork includes a hierarchy of encoders, and the decoder subnetwork includes a hierarchy of decoders that map low resolution encoder feature maps to full IO input resolution feature maps for subpixel-wise classification by the classification layer. In one implementation, the density of the analytes ranges from about 100,000 analytes/mnr to about 1,000,000 analytes/mm’. In another implementation, the density of the analytes ranges from about 1,000,000 analytes/mm? to about 10,000,000 analytes/mm’. {00622 Other implementations of the method described in this section can include a non-transitory computer readable storage medium storing instructions executable by a processor to perform any of the methods described above. Yet another implementation of the method described in this section can include a system including memory and one or more processors operable to execute instructions, stored in the memory, to perform any of the methods described above.
Training Binary Classification Model 1006231 We disclose a computer-implemented method of training a neural network to identify analytes and related analyte metadata. The method includes obtaining training data for training the neural network. The training data includes a plurality of training examples and corresponding ground truth data that should be generated by the neural network by processing the training examples. Each training example includes image data from a sequence of image sets. Each image in the sequence of image sets covers a tile of a flow cell and depicts intensity emissions of analytes on the tile and their surrounding background captured for a particular image channel at a particular one of a plurality of sequencing cycles of a sequencing run performed on the flow cell. Each ground truth data identifies centers of analytes, whose intensity emissions are depicted by the image data of a corresponding training example. The ground truth data has a plurality of subpixels, and each subpixel in the plurality of subpixels is classified as either an analyte center or a non- center. The method includes using a gradient descent training technique to train the neural network and generatmg outputs for the training examples that progressively match the ground truth data, including iteratively optimizing a loss function that minimizes error between the outputs and the ground truth data, and updating parameters of the neural network based on the error.
{006241 Each of the features discussed in the particular implementation section for other implementations apply equally to this implementation. As indicated above, all the other features are not repeated here and should be considered repeated by reference.
The reader will understand how features identified in these implementations can readily be combined with sets of base features identified in other implementations. 1006251 In one implementation, the method includes, upon error convergence after a final iteration, storing the updated parameters of the neural network in memory to be applied to further neural network-based template generation and base calling.
In one implementation, in the ground truth data, subpixels classified as analyte centers are all assigned a same first predetermined class score, and subpixels classified as non-centers are all assigned a same second predetermined class score.
In one implementation, in each output, each subpixel has a first prediction score of being the
IO analyte center, and a second prediction score of being the non-center.
In one implementation, the loss function is custom weighted binary cross entropy loss and the error is minimized on a subpixel-basis between the prediction scores and the class scores of corresponding subpixels in the outputs and the ground truth data.
In one implementation, the ground truth data identifies the centers at centers of mass of respective ones of the analytes.
In one implementation, in the ground truth data, subpixels classified as analyte centers are all assigned a same first predetermined value, and subpixels classified as non-centers are all assigned a same second predetermined value.
In one implementation, the first and second predetermined values are intensity values.
In another implementation, the first and second predetermined values are continuous values. 006261 In one implementation, the ground truth data identify, as part of the related analyte metadata, spatial distribution of the analytes, including at least one of analyte shapes, analyte sizes, and/or analyte boundaries.
In one implementation, the image data includes images in the sequence of image sets, and the images have a resolution of 1800 x 1800. In one implementation, the image data includes at least one image patch from each of the images in the sequence of image sets, and the image patch covers a portion of the tile and has a resolution of 20 x 20. In one implementation,
the image data includes an upsampled representation of the image patch from each of the images in the sequence of image sets, and the upsampled representation of the image patch has a resolution of 80 x 80. In one implementation, in the training data, multiple training examples respectively include as image data different image patches from each image in a sequence of image sets of a same tile, and at least some of the different image patches overlap with each other.
In one implementation, the ground truth data has an upsampled resolution of 80 x 80. In one implementation, the training data includes training examples for a plurality of tiles of the flow cell.
In one implementation, the training data includes training examples for a variety of flow cells, sequencing instruments, sequencing protocols, sequencing chemistries, sequencing reagents, and analyte densities.
In one implementation, the neural network is a deep fully convolutional segmentation neural network with an encoder subnetwork and a corresponding decoder network, followed by a classification layer, the encoder subnetwork includes a hierarchy of encoders, and the decoder subnetwork includes a hierarchy of decoders that map low resolution encoder feature maps to full input resolution feature maps for subpixel-wise classification by the classification layer. 100627] Other implementations of the method described in this section can include a non-transitory computer readable storage medium storing instructions executable by a processor to perform any of the methods described above.
Yet another implementation of the method described in this section can include a system including memory and one or more processors operable to execute instructions, stored in the memory, to perform any of the methods described above.
Ternary Classification Model IO wos] We disclose a computer-implemented method of identifying analytes on a tile of a flow cell and related analyte metadata.
The method includes processing input image data from a sequence of image sets through a neural network and generating an alternative representation of the image data.
Each image in the sequence of image sets covers the tile, and depicts intensity emissions of analytes on the tile and their surrounding background captured for a particular image channel at a particular one of a plurality of sequencing cycles of a sequencing run performed on the flow cell.
The method includes processing the alternative representation through a classification layer and generating an output that identifies spatial distribution of analytes and their surrounding background whose intensity emissions are depicted by the input image data, including at least one of analyte centers, analyte shapes, analyte sizes, and/or analyte boundaries.
The output has a plurality of subpixels, and each subpixel in the plurality of subpixels is classified as either background, analyte center, or analyte interior. {00629 Each of the features discussed in the particular implementation section for other implementations apply equally to this implementation.
As indicated above, all the other features are not repeated here and should be considered repeated by reference.
The reader will understand how features identified in these implementations can readily be combined with sets of base features identified in other implementations. 006301 In one implementation, the classification layer assigns each subpixel in the output a first likelihood score of being the background, a second likelihood score of being the analyte center, and a third likelihood score of being the analyte interior.
In one implementation, the first, second, and third likelihood scores are determined based on a softmax function and exponentially normalized between zero and one.
In one implementation, each subpixel in the output is classified as either the background, the analyte center, or the analyte interior based on which one among the first, second, and third likelihood scores is highest.
In one implementation, each subpixel in the output is classified as either the background, the analyte center, or the analyte interior based on whether the first, second, and third likelihood scores are above a predetermined threshold likelihood score.
In one implementation, the output identifies the analyte centers at centers of mass of respective ones of the analytes.
In one implementation, in the output, subpixels classified as background are all assigned a same first predetermined value, subpixels classified as analyte centers are all assigned a same second predetermined value, and subpixels classified as analyte interior are all assigned a same third predetermined value.
In one implementation, the first, second, and third predetermined values are intensity values.
In one implementation, the first, second, and third predetermined values are continuous values, 006311 In one implementation, the method includes determining location coordinates of subpixels classified as analyte centers on an analyte-by-analyte basis, downscaling the location coordinates by an upsampling factor used to prepare the input image data, and storing the downscaled location 1) coordinates in memory on the analyte-by-analyte basis for use in base calling the analytes.
In one implementation, the method includes determining location coordinates of subpixels classified as analyte interior on the analyte-by-analyte basis, downscaling the location coordinates by an upsampling factor used to prepare the input image data, and storing the downscaled location coordinates in memory on the analyte-by-analyte basis for use in base calling the analytes.
In one implementation, the method includes, on the analyte-by-analyte basis, determining distances of the subpixels classified as analyte interior from respective ones of the subpixels classified as analyte centers, and storing the distances in the memory on the analyte-by-analyte basis for use in base calling the analytes.
In one implementation, the method includes, on the analyte-by-analyte basis, extracting intensities from the subpixels classified as analyte interior, including using at least one of nearest neighbor intensity extraction, Gaussian based intensity extraction, intensity extraction based on average of 2 x 2 subpixel area, intensity extraction based on brightest of 2 x 2 subpixel area, intensity extraction based on average of 3 x 3 subpixel area, bilinear intensity extraction, bicubic intensity extraction, and/or intensity extraction based on weighted area coverage, and storing the intensities in the memory on the analyte-by-analyte basis for use in base calling the analytes. 006321 In one implementation, the input image data includes images in the sequence of image sets, and the images have a resolution of 3000 x 3000. In one implementation, the input image data includes at least one image patch from each of the images in the sequence of image sets, and the image patch covers a portion of the tile and has a resolution of 20 x 20. In one implementation, the input image data includes an upsampled representation of the image patch from each of the images in the sequence of image sets, and the upsampled representation has a resolution of 80 x 80. In one implementation, the output has an upsampled resolution of 80 x 80. In one implementation, the neural network is a deep fully convolutional segmentation neural network with an encoder subnetwork and a corresponding decoder network, followed by the classification layer, the encoder subnetwork includes a hierarchy of encoders, and the decoder subnetwork includes a hierarchy of decoders that map low resolution encoder feature maps to full input resolution feature maps for subpixel-wise classification by the classification layer. In one implementation, the density of the analytes ranges from about 100,000 analytes/mm’ to about 1.000.000 analytes/mm”. In another implementation, the density of the analytes ranges from about 1,000,000 analytes/mm? to about 10,000,000 analytes/ mn.
100633] Other implementations of the method described in this section can include a non-transitory computer readable storage medium storing instructions executable by a processor to perform any of the methods described above. Yet another implementation of the method described in this section can include a system including memory and one or more processors operable to execute instructions, stored in the memory, to perform any of the methods described above.
Training Ternary Classification Model 100634] We disclose a computer-implemented method of training a neural network to identify analytes and related analyte metadata. The method includes obtaining training data for training the neural network. The training data includes a plurality of training examples and corresponding ground truth data that should be generated by the neural network by processing the training examples. Each training example includes image data from a sequence of image sets. Each image in the sequence of image sets covers a tile of a flow cell and depicts intensity emissions of analytes on the tile and their surrounding background captured for a particular image channel at a particular one of a plurality of sequencing cycles of a sequencing run performed on the flow cell. Each ground truth data identifies spatial distribution of analytes and their surrounding background whose intensity emissions are depicted by the input image data, including analyte centers, analyte shapes, analyte sizes, and analyte boundaries. The ground truth data has a plurality of subpixels, and each subpixel in the plurality of subpixels is classified as either background, analyte center, or analyte interior. The method includes using a gradient descent training technique to train the neural network and generating outputs for the training examples that progressively match the ground truth data, including iteratively optimizing a loss function that minimizes error between the outputs and the ground truth data, and updating parameters of the neural network based on the error. {006351 Each of the features discussed in the particular implementation section for other implementations apply equally to this implementation. As indicated above, all the other features are not repeated here and should be considered repeated by reference. The reader will understand how features identified in these implementations can readily be combined with sets of base features identified in other implementations.
[00636] In one implementation, the method includes, upon error convergence after a final iteration, storing the updated parameters of the neural network in memory to be applied to further neural network-based template generation and base calling. In one implementation, in the ground truth data, subpixels classified as background are all assigned a same first predetermined class score,
subpixels classified as analyte centers are all assigned a same second predetermined class score, and subpixels classified as analyte interior are all assigned a same third predetermined class score. 1006371 In one implementation, in each output, each subpixel has a first prediction score of being the background, a second prediction score of being the analyte center, and a third prediction score of being the analyte interior. In one implementation, the loss function is custom weighted ternary cross entropy loss and the error is minimized on a subpixel-basis between the prediction scores and the class scores of corresponding subpixels in the outputs and the ground truth data. In one implementation, the ground truth data identifies the analyte centers at centers of mass of respective ones of the analytes. In one implementation, in the ground truth data, subpixels classified as background are all assigned a same first predetermined value, subpixels classified as analyte centers are all assigned a same second predetermined value, and subpixels classified as analyte interior are all assigned a same third predetermined value. In one implementation, the first, second, and third predetermined values are intensity values. In one implementation, the first, second, and third predetermined values are continuous values. In one implementation, the image data includes images in the sequence of image sets, and the images have a resolution of 1800 x 1800. In one implementation, the image data includes images in the sequence of image sets, and the images have a resolution of 1800 x 1800. {006381 In one implementation, the image data includes at least one image patch from each of the images in the sequence of image sets, and the image patch covers a portion of the tile and has a resolution of 20 x 20. In one implementation, the image data includes an upsampled representation of the image patch from each of the images in the sequence of image sets, and the upsampled representation of the image patch has a resolution of 80 x 80. In one implementation, in the training data, multiple training examples respectively include as image data different image patches from each image in a sequence of image sets of a same tile, and at least some of the different image patches overlap with each other. In one implementation, the ground truth data has an upsampled resolution of 80 x 80. In one implementation, the training data includes training examples for a plurality of tiles of the flow cell. In one implementation, the training data includes training examples for a variety of flow cells, sequencing instruments, sequencing protocols, sequencing chemistries, sequencing reagents, and analyte densities. In one implementation, the neural network is a deep fully convolutional segmentation neural network with an encoder subnetwork and a corresponding decoder network, followed by a classification layer, the encoder subnetwork includes a hierarchy of encoders, and the decoder subnetwork includes a hierarchy of decoders that map low resolution encoder feature maps to full input resolution feature maps for subpixel-wise classification by the classification layer.
{006397 Other implementations of the method described in this section can include a non-transitory computer readable storage medium storing instructions executable by a processor to perform any of the methods described above. Yet another implementation of the method described in this section can include a system including memory and one or more processors operable to execute instructions, stored in the memory, to perform any of the methods described above. Segmentation 100649] We disclose a computer-implemented method of determining analyte metadata. The method includes processing input image data derived from a sequence of image sets through a neural network and generating an alternative representation of the input image data. The input image data has an array of units that depicts analytes and their surrounding background. The method includes processing the alternative representation through an output layer and generating an output value for each unit in the array. The method includes thresholding output values of the units and classifying a first subset of the units as background units depicting the surrounding background. The method includes locating peaks in the output values of the units and classifying a second subset of the units as center units containing centers of the analytes. The method includes applying a segmenter to the output values of the units and determining shapes of the analytes as non-overlapping regions of contiguous units separated by the background units and centered at the center units. The segmenter begins with the center units and determines, for each center unit, a group of successively contiguous units that depict a same analyte whose center is contained in the center unit. {006411 Each of the features discussed in the particular implementation section for other implementations apply equally to this implementation. As indicated above, all the other features are not repeated here and should be considered repeated by reference. The reader will understand how features identified in these implementations can readily be combined with sets of base features identified in other implementations. 006421 In one implementation, the units are pixels. In another implementation, the units are subpixels. In yet another implementation, the units are superpixels. In one implementation, the output values are continuous values. In another implementation, the output values are softmax scores. In one implementation, the contiguous units in the respective ones of the non-overlapping regions have output values weighted according to distance of a contiguous unit from a center unit in a non-overlapping region to which the contiguous unit belongs. In one implementation, the center units have highest output values within the respective ones of the non-overlapping regions.
[00643] In one implementation, the non-overlapping regions have irregular contours and the units are subpixels. In such an implementation, the method includes determining analyte intensity of a given analyte by identifying subpixels that contribute to the analyte intensity of the given analyte based on a corresponding non-overlapping region of contiguous subpixels that identifies a shape of the given analyte, locating the identified subpixels in one or more optical, pixel-resolution images generated for one or more image channels at a current sequencing cycle, in each of the images,
interpolating intensities of the identified subpixels, combining the interpolated intensities, and normalizing the combined interpolated intensities to produce a per-image analyte intensity for the given analyte in each of the images, and combining the per-image analyte intensity for each of the images to determine the analyte intensity of the given analyte at the current sequencing cycle. In one implementation, the normalizing is based on a normalization factor, and the normalization factor is a number of the identified subpixels. In one implementation, the method includes base calling the given analyte based on the analyte intensity at the current sequencing cycle.
{oo6441 In one implementation, the non-overlapping regions have irregular contours and the units are subpixels. In such an implementation, the method includes determining analyte intensity of a IO given analyte by identifying subpixels that contribute to the analyte intensity of the given analyte based on a corresponding non-overlapping region of contiguous sabpixels that identifies a shape of the given analyte, locating the identified subpixels in one or more subpixel resolution images upsampled from corresponding optical, pixel-resolution images generated for one or more image channels at a current sequencing cycle, in each of the upsampled images, combining intensities of the identified subpixels and normalizing the combined intensities to produce a per-image analyte intensity for the given analyte in each of the upsampled images, and combining the per-image analyte intensity for each of the upsampled images to determine the analyte intensity of the given analyte at the current sequencing cycle. In one implementation, the normalizing is based on a normalization factor, and the normalization factor is a number of the identified subpixels. In one implementation, the method includes base calling the given analyte based on the analyte intensity at the current sequencing cycle.
{006451 In one implementation, each image in the sequence of image sets covers a tile, and depicts intensity emissions of analytes on a tile and their surrounding background captured for a particular image channel at a particular one of a plurality of sequencing cycles of a sequencing run performed ona flow cell. In one implementation, the input image data includes at least one image patch from each of the images in the sequence of image sets, and the image patch covers a portion of the tile and has a resolution of 20 x 20. In one implementation, the input image data includes an upsampled, subpixel resolution representation of the image patch from each of the images in the sequence of image sets, and the upsampled, subpixel representation has a resolution of 80 x 80.
00645] In one implementation, the neural network is a convolutional neural network. In another implementation, the neural network is a recurrent neural network. In yet another implementation, the neural network is a residual neural network with residual bocks and residual connections. In yet further implementation, the neural network is a deep fully convolutional segmentation neural network with an encoder subnetwork and a corresponding decoder network, the encoder subnetwork includes a hierarchy of encoders, and the decoder subnetwork includes a hierarchy of decoders that map low resolution encoder feature maps to full input resolution feature maps.
{ov647j Other implementations of the method described in this section can include a non-transitory computer readable storage medium storing instructions executable by a processor to perform any of the methods described above. Yet another implementation of the method described in this section can include a system including memory and one or more processors operable to execute instructions, stored in the memory, to perform any of the methods described above. Peak Detection
[00648] We disclose a compater-implemented method of determining analyte metadata. The method includes processing input image data derived from a sequence of image sets through a neural network and generating an alternative representation of the input image data. The input IO image data has an array of units that depicts analytes and their surrounding background. The method inclades processing the alternative representation through an output layer and generating an output value for each unit in the array. The method includes thresholding output values of the units and classifying a first subset of the units as background units depicting the surrounding background. The method includes locating peaks in the output values of the units and classifying a second subset of the units as center units containing centers of the analytes. {vo649] Each of the features discussed in the particular implementation section for other implementations apply equally to this implementation. As indicated above, all the other features are not repeated here and should be considered repeated by reference. The reader will understand how features identified in these implementations can readily be combined with sets of base features identified in other implementations. 100650] In one implementation, the method includes applying a segmenter to the output values of the units and determining shapes of the analytes as non-overlapping regions of contiguous units separated by the background units and centered at the center units. The segmenter begins with the center units and determines, for each center unit, a group of successively contiguous units that depict a same analyte whose center is contained in the center unit. fovesty Other implementations of the method described in this section can include a non-transitory computer readable storage medium storing instructions executable by a processor to perform any of the methods described above. Yet another implementation of the method described in this section can include a system including memory and one or more processors operable to execute instructions, stored in the memory, to perform any of the methods described above.
Neural Network-Based Analyte Metadata Generator {006521 In one implementation, a method includes processing image data through a neural network and generating an alternative representation of the image data. The image data depicts intensity emissions of analytes. The method includes processing the alternative representation through an output layer and generating an output that identifies metadata about the analytes, including at least one of spatial distribution of the analytes, shapes of the analytes, centers of the analytes, and/or boundaries between the analytes.
Each of the features discussed in the particular implementation section for other implementations apply equally to this implementation.
As indicated above, all the other features are not repeated here and should be considered repeated by reference.
The reader will understand how features identified in these implementations can readily be combined with sets of base features identified in other implementations.
Other implementations of the method described in this section can include a non-transitory computer readable storage medium storing instructions executable by a processor to perform any of the methods described above.
Yet another implementation of the method described in this section can include a system including memory and one or more processors operable to execute instructions, stored in the memory, to perform any of IO the methods described above.
Units-Based Regression Model 100653] We disclose a computer-implemented method of identifying analytes on a tile of a flow cell and related analyte metadata.
The method includes processing input image data from a sequence of image sets through a neural network and generating an alternative representation of the {5 input image data.
Each image in the sequence of image sets covers the tile, and depicts intensity emissions of analytes on the tile and their surrounding background captured for a particular image channel at a particular one of a plurality of sequencing cycles of a sequencing run performed on the flow cell.
The method includes processing the alternative representation through an output layer and generating an output that identifies analytes, whose intensity emissions are depicted by the input image data, as disjoint regions of adjoining units, centers of the analytes as center units at centers of mass of the respective ones of the disjoint regions, and their surrounding background as background units not belonging to any of the disjoint regions. fwes4] Each of the features discussed in the particular implementation section for other implementations apply equally to this implementation.
As indicated above, all the other features are not repeated here and should be considered repeated by reference.
The reader will understand how features identified in these implementations can readily be combined with sets of base features identified in other implementations. 100655] In one implementation, the units are pixels.
In another implementation, the units are subpixels.
In yet another implementation, the units are superpixels.
Other implementations of the method described in this section can include a non-transitory computer readable storage medium storing instructions executable by a processor to perform any of the methods described above.
Yet another implementation of the method described in this section can include a system including memory and one or more processors operable to execute instructions, stored in the memory, to perform any of the methods described above.
Units-Based Binary Classification Model 00656] We disclose a computer-implemented method of identifying analytes on a tile of a flow cell and related analyte metadata.
The method includes processing input image data from a sequence of image sets through a neural network and generating an alternative representation of the image data.
Each image in the sequence of image sets covers the tile, and depicts intensity emissions of analytes on the tile and their surrounding background captured for a particular image channel at a particular one of a plarality of sequencing cycles of a sequencing run performed on the flow cell.
The method includes processing the alternative representation through a classification layer and generating an output that identifies centers of analytes whose intensity emissions are depicted by the input image data.
The output has a plurality of units, and each unit in the plurality of units is classified as either an analyte center or a non-center. 1006571 Each of the features discussed in the particular implementation section for other implementations apply equally to this implementation.
As indicated above, all the other features are not repeated here and should be considered repeated by reference.
The reader will understand how features identified in these implementations can readily be combined with sets of base features identified in other implementations. {vo6s8] In one implementation, the units are pixels.
In another implementation, the units are subpixels.
In yet another implementation, the units are superpixels.
Other implementations of the method described in this section can include a non-transitory computer readable storage medium storing instructions executable by a processor to perform any of the methods described above.
Yet another implementation of the method described in this section can include a system including memory and one or more processors operable to execute instructions, stored in the memory, to perform any of the methods described above.
Units-Based Ternary Classification Model 1wesy1 We disclose a computer-implemented method of identifying analytes on a tile of a flow cell and related analyte metadata.
The method includes processing input image data from a sequence of image sets through a neural network and generating an alternative representation of the image data.
Each image in the sequence of image sets covers the tile, and depicts intensity emissions of analytes on the tile and their surrounding background captured for a particular image channel at a particular one of a plurality of sequencing cycles of a sequencing run performed on the flow cell.
The method includes processing the alternative representation through a classification layer and generating an output that identifies spatial distribution of analytes and their surrounding background whose intensity emissions are depicted by the input image data, including at least one of analyte centers, analyte shapes, analyte sizes, and/or analyte boundaries.
The output has a plurality of units, and each unit in the plurality of units is classified as either background, analyte center, or analyte interior.
{ooe6o] Each of the features discussed in the particular implementation section for other implementations apply equally to this implementation. As indicated above, all the other features are not repeated here and should be considered repeated by reference. The reader will understand how features identified in these implementations can readily be combined with sets of base features identified in other implementations.
[00661] In one implementation, the units are pixels. In another implementation, the units are subpixels. In yet another implementation, the units are superpixels. Other implementations of the method described in this section can include a non-transitory computer readable storage medium storing instructions executable by a processor to perform any of the methods described above. Yet another implementation of the method described in this section can include a system including memory and one or more processors operable to execute instructions, stored in the memory, to perform any of the methods described above.
{00662} The disclosure also includes the following clauses: I. A computer-implemented method of determining image regions indicative of analytes on a tile of a flow cell, the method comprising; accessing a series of image sets generated during a sequencing run, each image set in the series generated during a respective sequencing cycle of the sequencing run, each image in the series depicting the analytes and their surrounding background, and each image in the series having a plurality of subpixels; obtaining, from a base caller, a base call classifying each of the subpixels, thereby producing a base call sequence for each of the subpixels across a plurality of sequencing cycles of the sequencing run; and determining a plurality of disjointed regions of contiguous subpixels which share a substantially matching base call sequence.
2. The computer-implemented method of clause 1, further including: generating an analyte map by identifying as background those subpixels that do not belong to any of the disjointed regions.
3. The computer-implemented method of any of clauses 1-2, wherein the analyte map identifies analyte boundary portions between two contiguous subpixels whose base call sequences do not substantially match.
4. The computer-implemented method of any of clauses 1-3, wherein determining a plurality of disjointed regions of contiguous subpixels comprises: identifying origin subpixels at preliminary center coordinates of the analytes determined by the base caller; and breadth-first searching for substantially matching base call sequences by beginning with the origin subpixels and continuing with successively contiguous non-origin subpixels.
5. The computer-implemented method of any of clauses 1-4, further including: determining hyperlocated center coordinates of the analytes by calculating centers of mass of the disjointed regions of the analyte map as an average of coordinates of respective contiguous subpixels forming the disjointed regions; and storing the hyperlocated center coordinates of the analytes in the memory for use as ground truth for training the classifier.
6. The computer-implemented method of clause 5, further including: identifying centers of mass subpixels in the disjointed regions of the analyte map at the hyperlocated center coordinates of the analytes; upsampling the analyte map using interpolation and storing the upsampled analyte map in the memory for use as ground truth for training the classifier; and in the upsampled analyte map, assigning a value to each contiguous subpixel in the disjointed regions based on a decay factor that is proportional to distance of a contiguous subpixel from a center of mass subpixel in a disjointed region to which the contiguous subpixel belongs.
7. The computer-implemented method of clause 6, further including: generating a decay map from the upsampled analyte map that expresses the contiguous subpixels in the disjointed regions and the subpixels identified as the background based on their assigned values; and storing the decay map in the memory for use as ground truth for training the classifier.
8. The computer-implemented method of clause 7, further including: in the upsampled analyte map, categorizing, on the analyte-by-analyte basis, the contiguous subpixels in the disjointed regions as analyte interior subpixels belonging to a same analyte, the centers of mass subpixels as analyte center subpixels, subpixels containing the analyte boundary portions as boundary subpixels, and the subpixels identified as the background as background subpixels; and storing the categorizations in the memory for use as ground truth for training the classifier.
9. The computer-implemented method of any of clauses 1-8, further including: storing, on the analyte-by-analyte basis, coordinates of the analyte interior subpixels, the analyte center subpixels, the boundary subpixels, and the background subpixels in the memory for use as ground truth for training the classifier; downscaling the coordinates by a factor used to upsample the analyte map; and storing, on the analyte-by-analyte basis, the downscaled coordinates in the memory for use as ground truth for training the classifier.
10. The computer-implemented method of any of clauses 1-9, further including: in a binary ground truth data generated from the upsampled analyte map, using color coding to label the analyte center subpixels as belonging to an analyte center class and all other subpixels are belonging to a non-center class; and storing the binary ground truth data in the memory for use as ground truth for training the classifier.
11. The computer-implemented method of any of clauses 1-10, further including: in a ternary ground truth data generated from the upsampled analyte map, using color coding to label the background subpixels as belonging to a background class, the analyte center subpixels as belonging to an analyte center class, and the analyte interior subpixels as belonging to an analyte interior class; and storing the ternary ground truth data in the memory for use as ground truth for training the classifier.
12. The computer-implemented method of any of clauses 1-11, further including: generating analyte maps for a plurality of tiles of the flow cell; storing the analyte maps in memory and determining spatial distribution of analytes in the tiles based on the analyte maps, including their shapes and sizes; in the upsampled analyte maps of the analytes in the tiles, categorizing, on an analyte-by- analyte basis, subpixels as analyte interior subpixels belonging to a same analyte, analyte center subpixels, boundary subpixels, and background subpixels; storing the categorizations in the memory for use as ground truth for training the classifier; storing, on the analyte-by-analyte basis across the tiles, coordinates of the analyte interior subpixels, the analyte center subpixels, the boundary subpixels, and the background subpixels in the memory for use as ground truth for training the classifier: downscaling the coordinates by the factor used to upsample the analyte map; and storing, on the analyte-by-analyte basis across the tiles, the downscaled coordinates in the memory for use as ground truth for training the classifier.
13. The computer-implemented method of any of clauses 1-12, wherein the base call sequences are substantially matching when a predetermined portion of base calls match on an ordinal position- wise basis,
14. The computer-implemented method of any of clauses 1-13, wherein determining a plurality of disjointed regions of contiguous subpixels which share a substantially matching base call sequence is based upon a predetermined minimum number of subpixels for a disjointed region.
15. The computer-implemented method of any of clauses 1-14, wherein the flow cell has at least one patterned surface with an array of wells that occupy the analytes, further including: based on the determined shapes and sizes of the analytes, determining which ones of the wells are substantially occupied by at least one analyte, which ones of the wells are minimally occupied, and which ones of the wells are co-occupied by multiple analytes.
16. The computer-implemented method of any preceding clause, further comprising: training a classifier based upon the determined plurality of disjointed regions of contiguous subpixels.
17. A computer-implemented method of determining metadata about analytes on a tile of a flow cell, the method comprising: accessing a set of images of the tile captured during a sequencing run and preliminary center coordinates of the analytes determined by a base caller; for each image set, obtaining, from a base caller, a base call classifying, as one of four bases, origin subpixels that contain the preliminary center coordinates and a predetermined neighborhood of contiguous subpixels that are successively contiguous to respective ones of the origin subpixels, thereby producing a base call sequence for each of the origin subpixels and for each of the predetermined neighborhood of contiguous subpixels; generating an analyte map that identifies the analytes as disjointed regions of contiguous subpixels that are successively contiguous to at least some of the respective ones of the origin subpixels and share a substantially matching base call sequence of the one of four bases with the at least some of the respective ones of the origin subpixels; and storing the analyte map in memory and determining the shapes and the sizes of the analytes based on the disjointed regions in the analyte map.
18. A computer-implemented method of generating training data for neural network-based template generation and base calling, the method comprising: accessing a multitude of images of a flow cell captured over a plurality of cycles of a sequencing run, the flow cell having a plurality of tiles and, in the multitude of images, each of the tiles having a sequence of image sets generated over the plurality of cycles, and each image in the sequence of image sets depicting intensity emissions of analytes and their surrounding background on a particular one of the tiles at a particular one the cycles; constructing a training set having a plurality of training examples, each training example corresponding to a particular one of the tiles and including image data from at least some image sets in the sequence of image sets of the particular one of the tiles; and generating at least one ground truth data representation for each of the training examples, the ground truth data representation identifying at least one property of analytes on the particular one of the tiles whose intensity emissions are depicted by the image data.
19. The computer-implemented method of clause 18, wherein the at least one property of analytes is selected from the group consisting of: spatial distribution of analytes on the tile; analyte shape; analyte size; analyte boundary; and center of contiguous regions including a single analyte.
20. The computer-implemented method of clause 18, wherein the image data includes images in each of the at least some image sets in the sequence of image sets of the particular one of the tiles.
21. The computer-implemented method of any of clauses 18-20, wherein the image data includes at least one image patch from each of the images.
22. The computer-implemented method of any of clauses 18-20, wherein the image data includes an upsampled representation of the image patch.
23. The computer-implemented method of any of clauses 18-21, wherein multiple training examples correspond to a same particular one of the tiles and respectively include as image data different image patches from each image in each of at least some image sets in a sequence of image sets of the same particular one of the tiles, and wherein at least some of the different image patches overlap with each other.
24, The computer-implemented method of any of clauses 18-23, wherein the ground truth data representation identifies the analytes as disjoint regions of adjoining subpixels, the centers of the analytes as centers of mass subpixels within respective ones of the disjoint regions, and their surrounding background as subpixels that do not belong to any of the disjoint regions.
25. The computer-implemented method of any of clauses 18-24, further including: storing, in memory, the training examples in the training set and associated ground truth data representations as the training data for the neural network-based template generation and base calling.
26. A method, including: accessing sequencing images of analytes produced by a sequencer; generating training data from the sequencing images; and using the training data for training a neural network to generate metadata about the analytes.
27. A method, including: accessing sequencing images of analytes produced by a sequencer; generating training data from the sequencing images; and using the training data for training a neural network to base call the analytes.

Claims (27)

CONCLUSIES I. Een computer geïmplementeerde werkwijze voor het bepalen van beeldgebieden die indicatief zijn voor analyten op een tegel van een stroomcel, de werkwijze omvattende: het toegang verkrijgen tot een serie beeldsets die zijn gegenereerd gedurende een sequencingrun, waarbij elke beeldset in de serie gegenereerd is gedurende een respectievelijke seguencingcyclus van de sequencingrun, waarbij elk beeld in de serie de analyten en hun achtergrondomgeving afbeelden en elk beeld in de serie een aantal subpixels heeft; het van een basetoewijzer verkrijgen van een basetoewijzing die elk van de subpixels classificeert, waardoor een basetoewijzing sequence geproduceerd wordt voor elk van de subpixels over het aantal sequencingcycli van de sequencingrun; en het bepalen van een aantal gescheiden gebieden van aangrenzende subpixels die een in hoofdzaak matchende basetoewijzing sequence delen.CONCLUSIONS I. A computer implemented method for determining image regions indicative of analytes on a tile of a flow cell, the method comprising: accessing a series of image sets generated during a sequencing run, each image set in the series being generated during a respective seguencing cycle of the sequencing run, each image in the series depicting the analytes and their background environment and each image in the series having a number of sub-pixels; obtaining from a base map a base map that classifies each of the sub-pixels, thereby producing a base map sequence for each of the sub-pixels over the number of sequencing cycles of the sequencing run; and determining a plurality of separated areas of adjacent sub-pixels that share a substantially matched base map sequence. 2. Een computer geïmplementeerde werkwijze volgens conclusie 1, verder omvattende: het genereren van een analytmap door het identificeren als achtergrond van die subpixels die niet behoren bij een van de gescheiden gebieden.A computer-implemented method according to claim 1, further comprising: generating an analyte map by identifying as background those sub-pixels that do not belong to one of the separated regions. 3. Een computer geïmplementeerde werkwijze volgens een van de conclusies 1-2, waarin de 29 analytmap analytgrensdelen tussen twee aangrenzende subpixels identificeert waarvan de basetoewijzingsequences in hoofdzaak niet matchen.A computer-implemented method according to any one of claims 1-2, wherein the 29 analyte map identifies analyte boundary portions between two adjacent sub-pixels whose base mapping sequences do not substantially match. 4. Computer geïmplementeerde werkwijze volgens een van de conclusies 1-3, waarin het bepalen van een aantal gescheiden gebieden van aangrenzende subpixels omvat: het identificeren van origine subpixels op voorlopige centrum coördinaten van de analyten bepaald door de basctoewijzer; en breadth-first searching voor in hoofdzaak matchen van basetoewijzing sequences door het beginnen met de origine subpixels en het doorgaan met successievelijke aangrenzende niet-origine subpixels.The computer-implemented method of any of claims 1 to 3, wherein determining a plurality of separated regions of adjacent sub-pixels comprises: identifying origin sub-pixels at provisional center coordinates of the analytes determined by the base map; and breadth-first searching for essentially matching base assignment sequences by starting with the origin sub-pixels and continuing with successive adjacent non-origin sub-pixels. 5. Computer geimplementeerde werkwijze volgens een van de conclusies 1-4, verder omvattende: het bepalen van de hypergelokeerde centrum coördinaten van de analyten door het berekenen van de centra van massa van de gescheiden gebieden van de analytmap als een gemiddelde van de coördinaten van respectievelijke aangrenzende subpixels die gescheiden gebieden vormen; en het opslaan van de hypergelokeerde centrum coördinaten van de analyten in het geheugen voor het gebruik als grondwaarheid voor het trainen van de classificator.The computer-implemented method of any of claims 1 to 4, further comprising: determining the hyper-located center coordinates of the analytes by calculating the centers of mass of the separated regions of the analyte map as an average of the coordinates of respective adjacent sub-pixels that form separate areas; and storing the hyper-located center coordinates of the analytes in memory for use as a ground truth for training the classifier. 6. Computer geïmplementeerde werkwijze volgens conclusie 5, verder omvattende: het identificeren van centra van massa subpixels in gescheiden gebieden van de analytmap op de gehyperlokeerde centrum coördinaten van de analyt; het upsamplen van de analytmap door gebruik te maken van interpolatie en het opslaan van de geupsamplede analytmap in het geheugen voor gebruik als grondwaarheid voor het trainen van een classificator; in de geupsamplede analytmap het toewijzen van de waarde aan elke aangrenzende subpixel in de gescheiden gebieden gebaseerd op een vervalfactor die proportioneel is aan de afstand van een aangrenzende subpixel vanaf een centrum van massa subpixel in een gescheiden gebied waar de aangrenzende subpixel bij behoort.The computer-implemented method of claim 5, further comprising: identifying centers of mass sub-pixels in separate regions of the analyte map at the hyperlocated center coordinates of the analyte; upsampling the analyte map using interpolation and storing the upsampled analyte map in memory for use as a ground truth for training a classifier; in the up-sampled analyte map assigning the value to each adjacent sub-pixel in the separated regions based on a decay factor that is proportional to the distance of an adjacent sub-pixel from a center of mass sub-pixel in a separated region to which the adjacent sub-pixel belongs. 7. Computer geïmplementeerde werkwijze volgens conclusie 6, verder omvattende: het genereren van een vertragingsmap uit de geupsamplede analytmap die de aangrenzende subpixels in de gescheiden gebieden en de subpixels geïdentificeerd als achtergrond gebaseerd op hun toegewezen waarden uitdrukt; en het opslaan van de vervalmap in het geheugen voor gebruik als grondwaarheid voor het trainen van de classificator.The computer-implemented method of claim 6, further comprising: generating a delay map from the up-sampled analyte map that expresses the adjacent sub-pixels in the separated regions and the sub-pixels identified as background based on their assigned values; and storing the decay map in memory for use as a ground truth for training the classifier. 8. Computer geïmplementeerde werkwijze volgens conclusie 7, verder omvattende: het in de geupsamplede analytmap categoriseren op analyt-tot-analyt basis van de aangrenzende subpixels in de gescheiden gebieden als analyt binnenste subpixels horend bij hetzelfde analyt, de centra van massa subpixels als analyt centrum subpixels, subpixels bevattende de analytgrensdelen als grenssubpixels; en de als achtergrond geïdentificeerde subpixels als achtergrondsubpixels; en het opslaan van de categorisaties in het geheugen voor gebruik als grondwaarheid voor het trainen van de classificator.The computer-implemented method of claim 7, further comprising: categorizing in the up-sampled analyte map on an analyte-to-analyte basis the adjacent sub-pixels in the separated regions as analyte inner sub-pixels associated with the same analyte, the centers of mass sub-pixels as the analyte center sub-pixels, sub-pixels containing the analyte boundary portions as boundary sub-pixels; and the background-identified sub-pixels as background sub-pixels; and storing the categorizations in memory for use as a ground truth for training the classifier. 9. Computer geimplementeerde werkwijze volgens een van de conclusies 1-8, verder omvattende: het opslaan op analyt-tot-analyt basis van de coördinaten van analyt binnenste subpixels, de analyt centrum subpixels, de grens subpixels en de achtergrond subpixels in het geheugen voor gebruik als grondwaarheid voor het trainen van de classificator;The computer-implemented method of any of claims 1 to 8, further comprising: storing on an analyte-to-analyte basis the coordinates of analyte inner sub-pixels, the analyte center sub-pixels, the boundary sub-pixels and the background sub-pixels in the memory for use as ground truth for training the classifier; het downscalen van de coördinaten met een factor gebruikt om de analytmap te upsamplen; en het opslaan op analyt-tot-analyt basis van de gedownscalede coördinaten in het geheugen voor het gebruik als grondwaarde voor het trainen van de classificator.downscaling the coordinates by a factor used to upsample the analyte map; and storing on an analyte-to-analyte basis the downscaled coordinates in memory for use as a ground value for training the classifier. 10. Computer geïmplementeerde werkwijze volgens een van de conclusies 1-9, verder omvattende: het in een binaire grondwaarheid gegeven gegenereerd uit de geupsamplede analytmap gebruiken van kleurcodering om de analytcentrum subpixels te labelen als behorende bij een analytcentrumklasse en alle andere subpixels als behorende bij een niet-centrum klasse; en het opslaan van binaire grondwaarheidgegevens in het geheugen voor gebruik als grondwaarheid voor het trainen van de classificator.The computer-implemented method of any of claims 1 to 9, further comprising: using color coding in a ground binary data generated from the up-sampled analyte map to label the analyte center sub-pixels as belonging to an analyte center class and all other sub-pixels as belonging to an analyte center class. non-center class; and storing binary ground truth data in memory for use as ground truth for training the classifier. 11. Computer geimplementeerde werkwijze volgens een van de conclusies 1-10, verder omvattende: het in een drieledige grondwaarheidgegeven gegenereerd uit de geupsamplede analytmap gebruiken van kleurcodering om de achtergrondsubpixels als behorende bij een achtergrondklasse, de analytcentrum subpixels als behorende bij een analytcentrumklasse, en de analyt binnenste subpixels behorende bij een analyt binnenste klasse te labelen te labelen; het opslaan van de drieledige grondwaarheidgegevens in het geheugen voor gebruik als grondwaarde voor het trainen van de classificator.A computer-implemented method according to any of claims 1 to 10, further comprising: using color coding in a three-pronged ground truth data generated from the up-sampled analyte map to display the background sub-pixels as associated with a background class, the analyte center sub-pixels as associated with an analyte center class, and the label analyte inner sub-pixels associated with an analyte inner class; storing the triple ground truth data in memory for use as ground value for training the classifier. 12. Computer geimplementeerde werkwijze volgens een van de conclusies 1-11, verder omvattende: het genereren van analytmappen voor een aantal van de tegels van de stroomcel; het opslaan van de analytmap in het geheugen en het bepalen van de spatiële verdeling van de analyt in de tegels gebaseerd op de analytmappen omvattende hun vormen en afmetingen; het in de geupsamplede analytmappen van de analyt in de tegels categoriseren op een analyt-tot-analytbasis van subpixels als analyt binnenste subpixels behorende bij eenzelfde analyt, analytcentrum subpixels, de grens subpixels en achtergrondsubpixels; het opslaan van de categorisaties in het geheugen voor het gebruik als grondwaarheid voor het trainen van de classificator; het opslaan op analyt-tot-analyt basis over de tegels, van coördinaten van de analyt binnenste subpixels, de analyt centrum subpixels, de grens subpixels en de achtergrond subpixels in het geheugen voor het gebruik als grondwaarheid voor het trainen van de classificator;The computer-implemented method of any one of claims 1 to 11, further comprising: generating analyte maps for a plurality of the flow cell tiles; storing the analyte map in memory and determining the spatial distribution of the analyte in the tiles based on the analyte maps including their shapes and sizes; categorizing in the up-sampled analyte maps of the analyte in the tiles on an analyte-to-analyte basis of sub-pixels as analyte inner sub-pixels associated with the same analyte, analyte center sub-pixels, the boundary sub-pixels and background sub-pixels; storing the categorizations in memory for use as a ground truth for training the classifier; storing, on an analyte-to-analyte basis, across the tiles, coordinates of the analyte inner sub-pixels, the analyte center sub-pixels, the boundary sub-pixels and the background sub-pixels in memory for use as a ground truth for training the classifier; het downscalen van de coördinaten met een factor gebruikt om de analytmap te upsamplen; en het opslaan op analyt-tot-analyt basis over de tegels, van de gedownscalede coördinaten in het geheugen voor het gebruik als grondwaarheid voor het trainen van de classificator.downscaling the coordinates by a factor used to upsample the analyte map; and storing, on an analyte-to-analyte basis, across the tiles, the downscaled coordinates in memory for use as a ground truth for training the classifier. 13. Computer geïmplementeerde werkwijze volgens een van de conclusies 1-12, waarin de basetoewijzing sequences in hoofdzaak matchen wanneer een vooraf bepaald deel van basetoewijzingen overeenstemmen op een ordinale positiegewijze basis.The computer-implemented method of any of claims 1-12, wherein the base mapping sequences match substantially when a predetermined portion of base maps match on an ordinal position-wise basis. 14. Computer geïmplementeerde werkwijze volgens een van de conclusies 1-13, waarin het bepalen van een aantal gescheiden gebieden van aangrenzende subpixels die een hoofdzaak matchende basetoewijzing sequence gemeen hebben, gebaseerd wordt op een vooraf bepaald minimum aantal subpixels voor een gescheiden gebied.The computer-implemented method of any one of claims 1 to 13, wherein determining a number of separated regions of adjacent sub-pixels that have a substantially matched base assignment sequence in common is based on a predetermined minimum number of sub-pixels for a separated region. 15. Computer geïmplementeerde werkwijze volgens een van de conclusies 1-14, waarin de stroomcel ten minste een gepatterneerd oppervlakte heeft met een rij van putten die de analyten bedekken, verder omvattende: het gebaseerd op de bepaalde vormen en afmetingen van de analyt bepalen welke van de putten in hoofdzaak bezet zijn door ten minste een analyt, welke van de putten minimaal bezet zijn, en welke van de putten co-bezet zijn door meerdere analyten.The computer-implemented method of any of claims 1 to 14, wherein the flow cell has at least one patterned area with a row of wells covering the analytes, further comprising: based on the determined shapes and sizes of the analyte, determining which of the the wells are substantially occupied by at least one analyte, which of the wells are minimally occupied, and which of the wells are co-occupied by multiple analytes. 16. Computer geïmplementeerde werkwijze volgens een van de voorafgaande conclusies, verder omvattende: het trainen van een classificator gebaseerd op het bepaalde aantal gescheiden gebieden van aangrenzende subpixels.The computer-implemented method of any of the preceding claims, further comprising: training a classifier based on the determined number of separated areas of adjacent sub-pixels. 17. Computer geimplementeerde werkwijze voor het bepalen van metadata over analyten op een tegel van een stroomcel, de werkwijze omvattende: het verkrijgen van toegang tot een set beelden van de tegel die genomen zijn gedurende een sequencing run en voorlopige centrum coördinaten van de analyten bepaald door een basetoewijzer; het voor elke beeldset verkrijgen uit een basetoewijzer van een basetoewijzing die als een van vier basen origine subpixels classificeert die voorlopige centram coördinaten bevatten; en een voorafbepaalde omgeving van aangrenzende subpixels die successievelijk aangrenzend zijn aan respectievelijke origine subpixels,A computer-implemented method for determining analyte metadata on a tile of a flow cell, the method comprising: accessing a set of images of the tile taken during a sequencing run and preliminary center coordinates of the analytes determined by a base allocator; obtaining for each image set from a base map a base map that classifies as one of four bases origin sub-pixels containing tentative centram coordinates; and a predetermined neighborhood of adjacent sub-pixels that are successively adjacent to respective origin sub-pixels, daardoor producerend een basetoewijzingreeks voor elk van de origine subpixels en voor elk van de voorafbepaalde omgeving van aangrenzende subpixels; het genereren van een analytmap die de analyten identificeert als gescheiden gebieden van aangrenzende subpixels die successievelijk aangrenzend zijn ten opzichte van ten minste enige van de respectievelijke origine subpixels; en die een in hoofdzaak matchende basetoewijzing sequence gemeenschappelijk hebben van de een of meer basen met ten minste sommige van respectievelijke origine subpixels; en het opslaan van de analytmap in het geheugen en het bepalen van de vormen en afmetingen van de analyten gebaseerd op de gescheiden gebieden in de analytmap.thereby producing a base assignment sequence for each of the origin sub-pixels and for each of the predetermined neighborhood of adjacent sub-pixels; generating an analyte map that identifies the analytes as separate regions of adjacent sub-pixels that are successively adjacent to at least some of the respective origin sub-pixels; and having a substantially matched base assignment sequence of the one or more bases in common with at least some of their respective origin sub-pixels; and storing the analyte map in memory and determining the shapes and sizes of the analytes based on the separated regions in the analyte map. 18. Computer geïmplementeerde werkwijze voor het genereren van trainingsgegevens voor neurale netwerk-gebaseerde template generatie en basetoewijzer, de werkwijze omvattende; het verkrijgen van toegang tot een aantal beelden van een stroomcel gevangen over een aantal cycli van een sequencing run, waarbij de stroomcel een aantal tegels heeft en in het aantal beelden elk van de tegels een sequence van beeldsets heeft, die gegenereerd zijn over het aantal cycli en elk beeld in de sequence van beeldsets intensiteitemissies van analyten en hun omgevende achtergrond op een bepaalde tegel in een bepaalde cyclus afbeeldt; het construeren van een trainingset met een aantal trainings voorbeelden, waarbij elk trainingsvoorbeeld correspondeert met een bepaalde tegel en beeldgegevens uit ten minste enige beeldsets in de reeks van beeldsets van de bepaalde tegel omvat; en het genereren van ten minste een grondwaarheidgegevenrepresentatie voor elk van de trainingsvoorbeelden, waarbij de grondwaarheidgegevens representatie ten minste een eigenschap van analyten op de bepaalde tegel identificeert waarvan de intensiteitsemissies afgebeeld wordt door de beeldgegevens.A computer-implemented method for generating training data for neural network-based template generation and base allocator, comprising the method; accessing a number of images of a flow cell captured over a number of cycles of a sequencing run, the flow cell having a number of tiles and in the number of images each of the tiles has a sequence of image sets generated over the number of cycles and each image in the image set sequence depicts analyte intensity emissions and their surrounding background on a particular tile in a particular cycle; constructing a training set with a plurality of training examples, each training example corresponding to a particular tile and comprising image data from at least some image sets in the sequence of image sets of the particular tile; and generating at least one ground truth data representation for each of the training examples, the ground truth data representation identifying at least one property of analytes on the particular tile whose intensity emissions are mapped by the image data. 19. Computer geïmplementeerde werkwijze volgens conclusie 18, waarbij de ten minste ene eigenschap van analyten geselecteerd is uit de groep bestaande uit spatiële verdeling van analyten op de tegel, analytvorm, analytafmeting, analytgrens, en centrum van aangrenzende gebieden omvattende een enkele analyt.The computer-implemented method of claim 18, wherein the at least one property of analytes is selected from the group consisting of spatial distribution of analytes on the tile, analyte shape, analyte size, analyte boundary, and center of adjacent regions comprising a single analyte. 20. Computer geïmplementeerde werkwijze volgens conclusie 18 of 19, waarin de beeldgegevens beelden omvatten in elk van de ten minste een beeldsets in de sequence van beeldsets van de betreffende tegel.A computer-implemented method according to claim 18 or 19, wherein the image data comprises images in each of the at least one image sets in the sequence of image sets of the respective tile. 21. Computer geimplementeerde werkwijze volgens een van de conclusies 18-20), waarin de beeldgegevens ten minste een beeldbatch van elk van de beelden omvat.A computer-implemented method according to any of claims 18-20), wherein the image data comprises at least one image batch of each of the images. 22. Computer geïmplementeerde werkwijze volgens een van de conclusies 18-20, waarin de beeldgegevens een geupsamplede representatie van de beeldpatch omvatten.The computer-implemented method of any of claims 18-20, wherein the image data includes an up-sampled representation of the image patch. 23. Computer geïmplementeerde werkwijze volgens een van de conclusies 18-21, waarin eenvoudige trainingsvoorbeelden corresponderen met eenzelfde bepaalde tegel en respectievelijk als beeldgegevens verschillende beeldpatches uit elk beeld in elk van ten minste enige beeldsets in IO een reeks van beeldsets van dezelfde bepaalde tegel omvatten, en waarin ten minste sommige van de verschillende beeldpatches met elkaar overlappen.A computer-implemented method according to any one of claims 18 to 21, wherein simple training examples correspond to the same particular tile and, respectively, if image data, different image patches from each image in each of at least some image sets in IO comprise a series of image sets from the same particular tile, and in which at least some of the different image patches overlap. 24. Computer geïmplementeerde werkwijze volgens een van de conclusies 18-23, waarin de grondwaarheidgegevens representatie die de analyten identificeert als gescheiden gebieden van grenzende subpixels, centra van de analyten als centra van massa subpixels binnen respectievelijke gescheiden gebieden en hun omgevende achtergrond als subpixels die niet behoren bij enige van de gescheiden gebieden.A computer-implemented method according to any one of claims 18 to 23, wherein the ground truth data representation identifying the analytes as separated regions of adjacent sub-pixels, centers of the analytes as centers of mass sub-pixels within respective separated regions and their surrounding background as sub-pixels that are not belong to some of the separated areas. 25. Computer geïmplementeerde werkwijze volgens een van de conclusies 18-24, verder omvattende: het opslaan in geheugen van de trainingvoorbeelden in de trainingset en bijbehorende grondwaarheidgegevens representaties als trainingsgegevens voor het op neurale netwerk- gebaseerde template generatie en basetoewij zing.The computer-implemented method of any of claims 18-24, further comprising: storing in memory the training examples in the training set and associated ground truth data representations as training data for the neural network-based template generation and base mapping. 26. Werkwijze omvattende: het verkrijgen van toegnag tot sequencing beelden van analyten die zijn geproduceerd door een sequencer; het genereren van trainingsgegevens uit de sequencingbeelden; en het gebruiken van de trainingsgegevens voor het trainen van een neuraal netwerk om metadata over de analyten te genereren.A method comprising: obtaining access to sequencing images of analytes produced by a sequencer; generating training data from the sequencing images; and using the training data to train a neural network to generate metadata about the analytes. 27. Werkwijze omvattende: het verkrijgen van toegang tot sequencingbeelden van analyten geproduceerd door een sequencer; het genereren van trainingsgegevens voor de sequencingbeelden;A method comprising: accessing sequencing images of analytes produced by a sequencer; generating training data for the sequencing images; en het gebruiken van de trainingsgegevens voor het trainen van een neuraal netwerk om de analyten te basetoewijzingen.and using the training data to train a neural network to base the analytes assignments.
NL2023310A 2019-03-21 2019-06-14 Training data generation for artificial intelligence-based sequencing NL2023310B1 (en)

Priority Applications (54)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US16/826,126 US11783917B2 (en) 2019-03-21 2020-03-20 Artificial intelligence-based base calling
US16/825,987 US11347965B2 (en) 2019-03-21 2020-03-20 Training data generation for artificial intelligence-based sequencing
US16/826,134 US11676685B2 (en) 2019-03-21 2020-03-20 Artificial intelligence-based quality scoring
SG11202012461XA SG11202012461XA (en) 2019-03-21 2020-03-21 Artificial intelligence-based base calling
US16/826,168 US11436429B2 (en) 2019-03-21 2020-03-21 Artificial intelligence-based sequencing
SG11202012441QA SG11202012441QA (en) 2019-03-21 2020-03-21 Training data generation for artificial intelligence-based sequencing
AU2020241586A AU2020241586A1 (en) 2019-03-21 2020-03-21 Training data generation for artificial intelligence-based sequencing
PCT/US2020/024088 WO2020191387A1 (en) 2019-03-21 2020-03-21 Artificial intelligence-based base calling
AU2020241905A AU2020241905A1 (en) 2019-03-21 2020-03-21 Artificial intelligence-based base calling
KR1020207037713A KR20210142529A (en) 2019-03-21 2020-03-21 Artificial Intelligence-Based Generation of Sequencing Metadata
MX2020014288A MX2020014288A (en) 2019-03-21 2020-03-21 Artificial intelligence-based base calling.
SG11202012453PA SG11202012453PA (en) 2019-03-21 2020-03-21 Artificial intelligence-based generation of sequencing metadata
EP20719294.9A EP3942073A2 (en) 2019-03-21 2020-03-21 Artificial intelligence-based quality scoring
JP2020572715A JP2022525267A (en) 2019-03-21 2020-03-21 Artificial intelligence-based sequence metadata generation
PCT/US2020/024090 WO2020191389A1 (en) 2019-03-21 2020-03-21 Training data generation for artificial intelligence-based sequencing
MX2020014299A MX2020014299A (en) 2019-03-21 2020-03-21 Training data generation for artificial intelligence-based sequencing.
EP20719052.1A EP3942071A1 (en) 2019-03-21 2020-03-21 Artificial intelligence-based generation of sequencing metadata
PCT/US2020/024087 WO2020205296A1 (en) 2019-03-21 2020-03-21 Artificial intelligence-based generation of sequencing metadata
CN202080003614.9A CN112334984A (en) 2019-03-21 2020-03-21 Artificial intelligence based sequencing metadata generation
AU2020256047A AU2020256047A1 (en) 2019-03-21 2020-03-21 Artificial intelligence-based generation of sequencing metadata
AU2020240383A AU2020240383A1 (en) 2019-03-21 2020-03-21 Artificial intelligence-based quality scoring
BR112020026408-3A BR112020026408A2 (en) 2019-03-21 2020-03-21 generation of training data for sequencing based on artificial intelligence
PCT/US2020/024091 WO2020191390A2 (en) 2019-03-21 2020-03-21 Artificial intelligence-based quality scoring
KR1020207037712A KR20210143100A (en) 2019-03-21 2020-03-21 Generating training data for artificial intelligence-based sequencing
EP20719053.9A EP3942072B1 (en) 2019-03-21 2020-03-21 Training data generation for artificial intelligence-based sequencing
EP23195503.0A EP4276769A3 (en) 2019-03-21 2020-03-21 Training data generation for artificial intelligence-based sequencing
JP2021517978A JP2022524562A (en) 2019-03-21 2020-03-21 Artificial intelligence-based quality scoring
BR112020026433-4A BR112020026433A2 (en) 2019-03-21 2020-03-21 base calls based on artificial intelligence
MX2020014293A MX2020014293A (en) 2019-03-21 2020-03-21 Artificial intelligence-based generation of sequencing metadata.
EP20718112.4A EP3942070A1 (en) 2019-03-21 2020-03-21 Artificial intelligence-based base calling
CN202080005431.0A CN112789680A (en) 2019-03-21 2020-03-21 Artificial intelligence based quality scoring
KR1020217009877A KR20210143154A (en) 2019-03-21 2020-03-21 Artificial intelligence-based quality scoring
JP2020572703A JP2022526470A (en) 2019-03-21 2020-03-21 Artificial intelligence-based base call
CN202080004547.2A CN112585689A (en) 2019-03-21 2020-03-21 Artificial intelligence based base detection
BR112020026426-1A BR112020026426A2 (en) 2019-03-21 2020-03-21 generation of sequencing metadata based on artificial intelligence
CN202080003622.3A CN112313666A (en) 2019-03-21 2020-03-21 Training data generation for artificial intelligence based sequencing
JP2020572704A JP2022532458A (en) 2019-03-21 2020-03-21 Training data generation for artificial intelligence-based sequencing
KR1020217003269A KR20210145115A (en) 2019-03-21 2020-03-21 artificial intelligence-based base calling
EP20757979.8A EP3942074A2 (en) 2019-03-21 2020-03-22 Artificial intelligence-based sequencing
PCT/US2020/024092 WO2020191391A2 (en) 2019-03-21 2020-03-22 Artificial intelligence-based sequencing
MX2020014302A MX2020014302A (en) 2019-03-21 2020-03-22 Artificial intelligence-based sequencing.
KR1020217003270A KR20210145116A (en) 2019-03-21 2020-03-22 Artificial intelligence-based sequencing
BR112020026455-5A BR112020026455A2 (en) 2019-03-21 2020-03-22 SEQUENCING BASED ON ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE
CA3104951A CA3104951A1 (en) 2019-03-21 2020-03-22 Artificial intelligence-based sequencing
SG11202012463YA SG11202012463YA (en) 2019-03-21 2020-03-22 Artificial intelligence-based sequencing
CN202080004529.4A CN112689875A (en) 2019-03-21 2020-03-22 Artificial intelligence based sequencing
JP2020572706A JP2022535306A (en) 2019-03-21 2020-03-22 Artificial intelligence-based sequencing
AU2020240141A AU2020240141A1 (en) 2019-03-21 2020-03-22 Artificial intelligence-based sequencing
IL279525A IL279525A (en) 2019-03-21 2020-12-17 Artificial intelligence-based generation of sequencing metadata
IL279527A IL279527A (en) 2019-03-21 2020-12-17 Artificial intelligence-based base calling
IL279533A IL279533A (en) 2019-03-21 2020-12-17 Artificial intelligence-based sequencing
IL279522A IL279522A (en) 2019-03-21 2020-12-17 Training data generation for artificial intelligence-based sequencing
IL281668A IL281668A (en) 2019-03-21 2021-03-21 Artificial intelligence-based quality scoring
US18/296,125 US20240071573A1 (en) 2019-03-21 2023-04-05 Artificial intelligence-based quality scoring

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US201962821602P 2019-03-21 2019-03-21

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
NL2023310B1 true NL2023310B1 (en) 2020-09-28

Family

ID=67513702

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
NL2023310A NL2023310B1 (en) 2019-03-21 2019-06-14 Training data generation for artificial intelligence-based sequencing

Country Status (1)

Country Link
NL (1) NL2023310B1 (en)

Cited By (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2021226285A1 (en) 2020-05-05 2021-11-11 Illumina, Inc. Equalization-based image processing and spatial crosstalk attenuator
WO2022047038A1 (en) 2020-08-28 2022-03-03 Illumina, Inc. Detecting and filtering clusters based on artificial intelligence-predicted base calls
WO2022093865A1 (en) 2020-10-27 2022-05-05 Illumina, Inc. Systems and methods for per-cluster intensity correction and base calling
WO2023003757A1 (en) 2021-07-19 2023-01-26 Illumina Software, Inc. Intensity extraction with interpolation and adaptation for base calling
EP4276769A2 (en) 2019-03-21 2023-11-15 Illumina, Inc. Training data generation for artificial intelligence-based sequencing
WO2023239917A1 (en) 2022-06-09 2023-12-14 Illumina, Inc. Dependence of base calling on flow cell tilt

Citations (51)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO1991006678A1 (en) 1989-10-26 1991-05-16 Sri International Dna sequencing
US5528050A (en) 1995-07-24 1996-06-18 Molecular Dynamics, Inc. Compact scan head with multiple scanning modalities
US5719391A (en) 1994-12-08 1998-02-17 Molecular Dynamics, Inc. Fluorescence imaging system employing a macro scanning objective
WO1998044151A1 (en) 1997-04-01 1998-10-08 Glaxo Group Limited Method of nucleic acid amplification
WO2000018957A1 (en) 1998-09-30 2000-04-06 Applied Research Systems Ars Holding N.V. Methods of nucleic acid amplification and sequencing
WO2000063437A2 (en) 1999-04-20 2000-10-26 Illumina, Inc. Detection of nucleic acid reactions on bead arrays
US6266459B1 (en) 1997-03-14 2001-07-24 Trustees Of Tufts College Fiber optic sensor with encoded microspheres
US6355431B1 (en) 1999-04-20 2002-03-12 Illumina, Inc. Detection of nucleic acid amplification reactions using bead arrays
WO2004018497A2 (en) 2002-08-23 2004-03-04 Solexa Limited Modified nucleotides for polynucleotide sequencing
US6770441B2 (en) 2000-02-10 2004-08-03 Illumina, Inc. Array compositions and methods of making same
WO2005010145A2 (en) 2003-07-05 2005-02-03 The Johns Hopkins University Method and compositions for detection and enumeration of genetic variations
US6859570B2 (en) 1997-03-14 2005-02-22 Trustees Of Tufts College, Tufts University Target analyte sensors utilizing microspheres
US20050047090A1 (en) 2001-12-13 2005-03-03 Minehiro Tonosaki Cooling device, electronic equipment device, and method of manufacturing cooling device
US20050064460A1 (en) 2001-11-16 2005-03-24 Medical Research Council Emulsion compositions
US20050130173A1 (en) 2003-01-29 2005-06-16 Leamon John H. Methods of amplifying and sequencing nucleic acids
WO2005065814A1 (en) 2004-01-07 2005-07-21 Solexa Limited Modified molecular arrays
US20050244870A1 (en) 1999-04-20 2005-11-03 Illumina, Inc. Nucleic acid sequencing using microsphere arrays
US7057026B2 (en) 2001-12-04 2006-06-06 Solexa Limited Labelled nucleotides
WO2006064199A1 (en) 2004-12-13 2006-06-22 Solexa Limited Improved method of nucleotide detection
US20060240439A1 (en) 2003-09-11 2006-10-26 Smith Geoffrey P Modified polymerases for improved incorporation of nucleotide analogues
US20060281471A1 (en) 2005-06-08 2006-12-14 Cisco Technology,Inc. Method and system for communicating using position information
WO2007010252A1 (en) 2005-07-20 2007-01-25 Solexa Limited Method for sequencing a polynucleotide template
WO2007010251A2 (en) 2005-07-20 2007-01-25 Solexa Limited Preparation of templates for nucleic acid sequencing
US7211414B2 (en) 2000-12-01 2007-05-01 Visigen Biotechnologies, Inc. Enzymatic nucleic acid synthesis: compositions and methods for altering monomer incorporation fidelity
WO2007123744A2 (en) 2006-03-31 2007-11-01 Solexa, Inc. Systems and devices for sequence by synthesis analysis
US7315019B2 (en) 2004-09-17 2008-01-01 Pacific Biosciences Of California, Inc. Arrays of optical confinements and uses thereof
US7329492B2 (en) 2000-07-07 2008-02-12 Visigen Biotechnologies, Inc. Methods for real-time single molecule sequence determination
US20080078082A1 (en) 2006-10-03 2008-04-03 Artem Boltyenkov Ellipsoidal line cut system and method for hearing aid shell design
US20080108082A1 (en) 2006-10-23 2008-05-08 Pacific Biosciences Of California, Inc. Polymerase enzymes and reagents for enhanced nucleic acid sequencing
US7405281B2 (en) 2005-09-29 2008-07-29 Pacific Biosciences Of California, Inc. Fluorescent nucleotide analogs and uses therefor
US7414147B2 (en) 2003-11-26 2008-08-19 Roehm Gmbh & Co. Kg Method for producing glycerol carbonate methacrylate
US20090088327A1 (en) 2006-10-06 2009-04-02 Roberto Rigatti Method for sequencing a polynucleotide template
US7592435B2 (en) 2005-08-19 2009-09-22 Illumina Cambridge Limited Modified nucleosides and nucleotides and uses thereof
US7622294B2 (en) 1997-03-14 2009-11-24 Trustees Of Tufts College Methods for detecting target analytes and enzymatic reactions
US20120020537A1 (en) 2010-01-13 2012-01-26 Francisco Garcia Data processing system and methods
US8158926B2 (en) 2005-11-23 2012-04-17 Illumina, Inc. Confocal imaging methods and apparatus
US20120270305A1 (en) 2011-01-10 2012-10-25 Illumina Inc. Systems, methods, and apparatuses to image a sample for biological or chemical analysis
US20120316086A1 (en) 2011-06-09 2012-12-13 Illumina, Inc. Patterned flow-cells useful for nucleic acid analysis
US20130023422A1 (en) 2008-05-05 2013-01-24 Illumina, Inc. Compensator for multiple surface imaging
US20130116153A1 (en) 2011-10-28 2013-05-09 Illumina, Inc. Microarray fabrication system and method
US20130184796A1 (en) 2012-01-16 2013-07-18 Greatbatch Ltd. Elevated Hermetic Feedthrough Insulator Adapted for Side Attachment of Electrical Conductors on the Body Fluid Side of an Active Implantable Medical Device
US20130260372A1 (en) 2012-04-03 2013-10-03 Illumina, Inc. Integrated optoelectronic read head and fluidic cartridge useful for nucleic acid sequencing
US20140243224A1 (en) 2013-02-26 2014-08-28 Illumina, Inc. Gel patterned surfaces
WO2015002813A1 (en) 2013-07-01 2015-01-08 Illumina, Inc. Catalyst-free surface functionalization and polymer grafting
US9079148B2 (en) 2008-07-02 2015-07-14 Illumina Cambridge Limited Using populations of beads for the fabrication of arrays on surfaces
WO2015106941A1 (en) 2014-01-16 2015-07-23 Illumina Cambridge Limited Polynucleotide modification on solid support
WO2016066586A1 (en) 2014-10-31 2016-05-06 Illumina Cambridge Limited Novel polymers and dna copolymer coatings
WO2018129314A1 (en) * 2017-01-06 2018-07-12 Illumina, Inc. Phasing correction
WO2019079182A1 (en) * 2017-10-16 2019-04-25 Illumina, Inc. Semi-supervised learning for training an ensemble of deep convolutional neural networks
WO2019136388A1 (en) * 2018-01-08 2019-07-11 Illumina, Inc. Systems and devices for high-throughput sequencing with semiconductor-based detection
WO2019136284A1 (en) * 2018-01-05 2019-07-11 Illumina, Inc. Predicting quality of sequencing results using deep neural networks

Patent Citations (61)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO1991006678A1 (en) 1989-10-26 1991-05-16 Sri International Dna sequencing
US5719391A (en) 1994-12-08 1998-02-17 Molecular Dynamics, Inc. Fluorescence imaging system employing a macro scanning objective
US5528050A (en) 1995-07-24 1996-06-18 Molecular Dynamics, Inc. Compact scan head with multiple scanning modalities
US6266459B1 (en) 1997-03-14 2001-07-24 Trustees Of Tufts College Fiber optic sensor with encoded microspheres
US7622294B2 (en) 1997-03-14 2009-11-24 Trustees Of Tufts College Methods for detecting target analytes and enzymatic reactions
US6859570B2 (en) 1997-03-14 2005-02-22 Trustees Of Tufts College, Tufts University Target analyte sensors utilizing microspheres
WO1998044151A1 (en) 1997-04-01 1998-10-08 Glaxo Group Limited Method of nucleic acid amplification
WO2000018957A1 (en) 1998-09-30 2000-04-06 Applied Research Systems Ars Holding N.V. Methods of nucleic acid amplification and sequencing
US6355431B1 (en) 1999-04-20 2002-03-12 Illumina, Inc. Detection of nucleic acid amplification reactions using bead arrays
WO2000063437A2 (en) 1999-04-20 2000-10-26 Illumina, Inc. Detection of nucleic acid reactions on bead arrays
US20050244870A1 (en) 1999-04-20 2005-11-03 Illumina, Inc. Nucleic acid sequencing using microsphere arrays
US6770441B2 (en) 2000-02-10 2004-08-03 Illumina, Inc. Array compositions and methods of making same
US7329492B2 (en) 2000-07-07 2008-02-12 Visigen Biotechnologies, Inc. Methods for real-time single molecule sequence determination
US7211414B2 (en) 2000-12-01 2007-05-01 Visigen Biotechnologies, Inc. Enzymatic nucleic acid synthesis: compositions and methods for altering monomer incorporation fidelity
US20050064460A1 (en) 2001-11-16 2005-03-24 Medical Research Council Emulsion compositions
US7566537B2 (en) 2001-12-04 2009-07-28 Illumina Cambridge Limited Labelled nucleotides
US7057026B2 (en) 2001-12-04 2006-06-06 Solexa Limited Labelled nucleotides
US20060188901A1 (en) 2001-12-04 2006-08-24 Solexa Limited Labelled nucleotides
US7427673B2 (en) 2001-12-04 2008-09-23 Illumina Cambridge Limited Labelled nucleotides
US20050047090A1 (en) 2001-12-13 2005-03-03 Minehiro Tonosaki Cooling device, electronic equipment device, and method of manufacturing cooling device
US20070166705A1 (en) 2002-08-23 2007-07-19 John Milton Modified nucleotides
US7541444B2 (en) 2002-08-23 2009-06-02 Illumina Cambridge Limited Modified nucleotides
WO2004018497A2 (en) 2002-08-23 2004-03-04 Solexa Limited Modified nucleotides for polynucleotide sequencing
US20050130173A1 (en) 2003-01-29 2005-06-16 Leamon John H. Methods of amplifying and sequencing nucleic acids
WO2005010145A2 (en) 2003-07-05 2005-02-03 The Johns Hopkins University Method and compositions for detection and enumeration of genetic variations
US20060240439A1 (en) 2003-09-11 2006-10-26 Smith Geoffrey P Modified polymerases for improved incorporation of nucleotide analogues
US7414147B2 (en) 2003-11-26 2008-08-19 Roehm Gmbh & Co. Kg Method for producing glycerol carbonate methacrylate
US20110059865A1 (en) 2004-01-07 2011-03-10 Mark Edward Brennan Smith Modified Molecular Arrays
WO2005065814A1 (en) 2004-01-07 2005-07-21 Solexa Limited Modified molecular arrays
US8563477B2 (en) 2004-01-07 2013-10-22 Illumina Cambridge Limited Modified molecular arrays
US7315019B2 (en) 2004-09-17 2008-01-01 Pacific Biosciences Of California, Inc. Arrays of optical confinements and uses thereof
WO2006064199A1 (en) 2004-12-13 2006-06-22 Solexa Limited Improved method of nucleotide detection
US20060281471A1 (en) 2005-06-08 2006-12-14 Cisco Technology,Inc. Method and system for communicating using position information
WO2007010252A1 (en) 2005-07-20 2007-01-25 Solexa Limited Method for sequencing a polynucleotide template
WO2007010251A2 (en) 2005-07-20 2007-01-25 Solexa Limited Preparation of templates for nucleic acid sequencing
US7592435B2 (en) 2005-08-19 2009-09-22 Illumina Cambridge Limited Modified nucleosides and nucleotides and uses thereof
US7405281B2 (en) 2005-09-29 2008-07-29 Pacific Biosciences Of California, Inc. Fluorescent nucleotide analogs and uses therefor
US8158926B2 (en) 2005-11-23 2012-04-17 Illumina, Inc. Confocal imaging methods and apparatus
US8241573B2 (en) 2006-03-31 2012-08-14 Illumina, Inc. Systems and devices for sequence by synthesis analysis
WO2007123744A2 (en) 2006-03-31 2007-11-01 Solexa, Inc. Systems and devices for sequence by synthesis analysis
US20080078082A1 (en) 2006-10-03 2008-04-03 Artem Boltyenkov Ellipsoidal line cut system and method for hearing aid shell design
US20090088327A1 (en) 2006-10-06 2009-04-02 Roberto Rigatti Method for sequencing a polynucleotide template
US20080108082A1 (en) 2006-10-23 2008-05-08 Pacific Biosciences Of California, Inc. Polymerase enzymes and reagents for enhanced nucleic acid sequencing
US20130023422A1 (en) 2008-05-05 2013-01-24 Illumina, Inc. Compensator for multiple surface imaging
US9079148B2 (en) 2008-07-02 2015-07-14 Illumina Cambridge Limited Using populations of beads for the fabrication of arrays on surfaces
US20120020537A1 (en) 2010-01-13 2012-01-26 Francisco Garcia Data processing system and methods
US20120270305A1 (en) 2011-01-10 2012-10-25 Illumina Inc. Systems, methods, and apparatuses to image a sample for biological or chemical analysis
US20120316086A1 (en) 2011-06-09 2012-12-13 Illumina, Inc. Patterned flow-cells useful for nucleic acid analysis
US8778848B2 (en) 2011-06-09 2014-07-15 Illumina, Inc. Patterned flow-cells useful for nucleic acid analysis
US20130116153A1 (en) 2011-10-28 2013-05-09 Illumina, Inc. Microarray fabrication system and method
US8778849B2 (en) 2011-10-28 2014-07-15 Illumina, Inc. Microarray fabrication system and method
US20130184796A1 (en) 2012-01-16 2013-07-18 Greatbatch Ltd. Elevated Hermetic Feedthrough Insulator Adapted for Side Attachment of Electrical Conductors on the Body Fluid Side of an Active Implantable Medical Device
US20130260372A1 (en) 2012-04-03 2013-10-03 Illumina, Inc. Integrated optoelectronic read head and fluidic cartridge useful for nucleic acid sequencing
US20140243224A1 (en) 2013-02-26 2014-08-28 Illumina, Inc. Gel patterned surfaces
WO2015002813A1 (en) 2013-07-01 2015-01-08 Illumina, Inc. Catalyst-free surface functionalization and polymer grafting
WO2015106941A1 (en) 2014-01-16 2015-07-23 Illumina Cambridge Limited Polynucleotide modification on solid support
WO2016066586A1 (en) 2014-10-31 2016-05-06 Illumina Cambridge Limited Novel polymers and dna copolymer coatings
WO2018129314A1 (en) * 2017-01-06 2018-07-12 Illumina, Inc. Phasing correction
WO2019079182A1 (en) * 2017-10-16 2019-04-25 Illumina, Inc. Semi-supervised learning for training an ensemble of deep convolutional neural networks
WO2019136284A1 (en) * 2018-01-05 2019-07-11 Illumina, Inc. Predicting quality of sequencing results using deep neural networks
WO2019136388A1 (en) * 2018-01-08 2019-07-11 Illumina, Inc. Systems and devices for high-throughput sequencing with semiconductor-based detection

Non-Patent Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
ANONYMOUS: "MiSeq: Imaging and Base Calling", 1 January 2013 (2013-01-01), XP055669460, Retrieved from the Internet <URL:https://support.illumina.com/content/dam/illumina-support/courses/MiSeq_Imaging_and_Base_Calling/story_content/external_files/MiSeq%20Imaging%20and%20Base%20Calling%20Script.pdf> [retrieved on 20200218] *
ANONYMOUS: "MiSEQ: Imaging and Base Calling", 1 January 2013 (2013-01-01), XP055669545, Retrieved from the Internet <URL:https://support.illumina.com/training.html> [retrieved on 20200218] *
BENTLEY ET AL., NATURE, vol. 456, 2008, pages 53 - 59
DRESSMAN ET AL., PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI. USA, vol. 100, 2003, pages 8817 - 8822
J. LONGE. SHELHAMERT. DARRELL: "Fully convolutional networks for semantic segmentation", CVPR, 2015
RONNEBERGER OFISCHER PBROX T.: "U-net: Convolutional networks for biomedical image segmentation", MED. IMAGE COMPUT. COMPUT. ASSIST. INTERV., 2015, Retrieved from the Internet <URL:http://link.springer.com/chapter/10.1007/978-3-319-24574-4_28>
TIM ALBRECHT ET AL: "Deep learning for single-molecule science", NANOTECHNOLOGY, INSTITUTE OF PHYSICS PUBLISHING, GB, vol. 28, no. 42, 18 September 2017 (2017-09-18), pages 423001, XP020320531, ISSN: 0957-4484, [retrieved on 20170918], DOI: 10.1088/1361-6528/AA8334 *

Cited By (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP4276769A2 (en) 2019-03-21 2023-11-15 Illumina, Inc. Training data generation for artificial intelligence-based sequencing
WO2021226285A1 (en) 2020-05-05 2021-11-11 Illumina, Inc. Equalization-based image processing and spatial crosstalk attenuator
WO2022047038A1 (en) 2020-08-28 2022-03-03 Illumina, Inc. Detecting and filtering clusters based on artificial intelligence-predicted base calls
WO2022093865A1 (en) 2020-10-27 2022-05-05 Illumina, Inc. Systems and methods for per-cluster intensity correction and base calling
WO2023003757A1 (en) 2021-07-19 2023-01-26 Illumina Software, Inc. Intensity extraction with interpolation and adaptation for base calling
WO2023239917A1 (en) 2022-06-09 2023-12-14 Illumina, Inc. Dependence of base calling on flow cell tilt

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
EP3942072B1 (en) Training data generation for artificial intelligence-based sequencing
US11347965B2 (en) Training data generation for artificial intelligence-based sequencing
WO2020205296A1 (en) Artificial intelligence-based generation of sequencing metadata
NL2023310B1 (en) Training data generation for artificial intelligence-based sequencing
NL2023311B1 (en) Artificial intelligence-based generation of sequencing metadata
US20210265018A1 (en) Knowledge Distillation and Gradient Pruning-Based Compression of Artificial Intelligence-Based Base Caller
NL2023314B1 (en) Artificial intelligence-based quality scoring
NL2023312B1 (en) Artificial intelligence-based base calling
US20230343414A1 (en) Sequence-to-sequence base calling
US20230087698A1 (en) Compressed state-based base calling
US20230298339A1 (en) State-based base calling
WO2023049215A1 (en) Compressed state-based base calling